Merge branch 'master' of git@scm.dev.nokia.troll.no:qt/qt-s60-public

153 files changed, 1724 insertions, 1597 deletions

diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton.cpp
index 61ed0ea..24112c0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -215,11 +215,8 @@ void QButtonGroup::setExclusive(bool exclusive)
     d->exclusive = exclusive;
 }
 
-/*!
-    Adds the given \a button to the end of the group's internal list of buttons.
 
-    \sa removeButton()
-*/
+// TODO: Qt 5: Merge with addButton(QAbstractButton *button, int id)
 void QButtonGroup::addButton(QAbstractButton *button)
 {
     addButton(button, -1);
@@ -232,8 +229,18 @@ void QButtonGroup::addButton(QAbstractButton *button, int id)
         previous->removeButton(button);
     button->d_func()->group = this;
     d->buttonList.append(button);
-    if (id != -1)
+    if (id == -1) {
+        QList<int> ids = d->mapping.values();
+        if (ids.isEmpty())
+           d->mapping[button] = -2;
+        else {
+            qSort(ids);
+            d->mapping[button] = ids.first()-1;
+        }
+    } else {
         d->mapping[button] = id;
+    }
+
     if (d->exclusive && button->isChecked())
         button->d_func()->notifyChecked();
 }
@@ -312,20 +319,16 @@ QList<QAbstractButton *>QAbstractButtonPrivate::queryButtonList() const
         return group->d_func()->buttonList;
 #endif
 
-    Q_Q(const QAbstractButton);
-    QList<QAbstractButton*>candidates;
-    if (q->parentWidget()) {
-        candidates =  qFindChildren<QAbstractButton *>(q->parentWidget());
-        if (autoExclusive) {
-            for (int i = candidates.count() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
-                QAbstractButton *candidate = candidates.at(i);
-                if (!candidate->autoExclusive()
+    QList<QAbstractButton*>candidates = qFindChildren<QAbstractButton *>(parent);
+    if (autoExclusive) {
+        for (int i = candidates.count() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+            QAbstractButton *candidate = candidates.at(i);
+            if (!candidate->autoExclusive()
 #ifndef QT_NO_BUTTONGROUP
-                    || candidate->group()
+                || candidate->group()
 #endif
-                    )
-                    candidates.removeAt(i);
-            }
+                )
+                candidates.removeAt(i);
         }
     }
     return candidates;
@@ -376,7 +379,7 @@ void QAbstractButtonPrivate::moveFocus(int key)
 #else
     bool exclusive = autoExclusive;
 #endif
-    QWidget *f = qApp->focusWidget();
+    QWidget *f = QApplication::focusWidget();
     QAbstractButton *fb = qobject_cast<QAbstractButton *>(f);
     if (!fb || !buttonList.contains(fb))
         return;
@@ -1236,7 +1239,9 @@ void QAbstractButton::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *e)
         d->repeatTimer.start(d->autoRepeatInterval, this);
         if (d->down) {
             QPointer<QAbstractButton> guard(this);
-            d->emitReleased();
+            nextCheckState();
+            if (guard)
+                d->emitReleased();
             if (guard)
                 d->emitClicked();
             if (guard)
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton.h
index f0cbb05..29e9bf9 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton_p.h
index d250952..084d00e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractbutton_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp
index 1ff56e8..a00f77a 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -884,21 +884,22 @@ bool QAbstractScrollArea::event(QEvent *e)
     case QEvent::Resize:
             d->layoutChildren();
             break;
-    case QEvent::Paint:
+    case QEvent::Paint: {
+        QStyleOption option;
+        option.initFrom(this);
         if (d->cornerPaintingRect.isValid()) {
-            QStyleOption option;
             option.rect = d->cornerPaintingRect;
             QPainter p(this);
             style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_PanelScrollAreaCorner, &option, &p, this);
         }
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
         if (d->reverseCornerPaintingRect.isValid()) {
-            QStyleOption option;
             option.rect = d->reverseCornerPaintingRect;
             QPainter p(this);
             style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_PanelScrollAreaCorner, &option, &p, this);
         }
 #endif
+        }
         QFrame::paintEvent((QPaintEvent*)e);
         break;
 #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
@@ -919,6 +920,7 @@ bool QAbstractScrollArea::event(QEvent *e)
     case QEvent::DragMove:
     case QEvent::DragLeave:
 #endif
+    case QEvent::Gesture:
         return false;
     case QEvent::StyleChange:
     case QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange:
@@ -1275,6 +1277,12 @@ QSize QAbstractScrollArea::minimumSizeHint() const
     int hsbExt = d->hbar->sizeHint().height();
     int vsbExt = d->vbar->sizeHint().width();
     int extra = 2 * d->frameWidth;
+    QStyleOption opt;
+    opt.initFrom(this);
+    if ((d->frameStyle != QFrame::NoFrame)
+        && style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ScrollView_FrameOnlyAroundContents, &opt, this)) {
+        extra += style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollView_ScrollBarSpacing, &opt, this);
+    }
     return QSize(d->scrollBarContainers[Qt::Horizontal]->sizeHint().width() + vsbExt + extra,
                  d->scrollBarContainers[Qt::Vertical]->sizeHint().height() + hsbExt + extra);
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.h
index eac32f3..3ec41d1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea_p.h
index 999bdfc..3a5ee4e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 class QScrollBar;
 class QAbstractScrollAreaScrollBarContainer;
-class Q_GUI_EXPORT QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate: public QFramePrivate
+class QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate: public QFramePrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QAbstractScrollArea)
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.cpp
index abe592d..19712d3 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.h
index e94d047..7e03b6e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider_p.h
index 6438d30..a7ba9ee 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.cpp
index 2bf1cda..155fe3e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -193,6 +193,7 @@ void QAbstractSpinBox::setButtonSymbols(ButtonSymbols buttonSymbols)
     Q_D(QAbstractSpinBox);
     if (d->buttonSymbols != buttonSymbols) {
         d->buttonSymbols = buttonSymbols;
+        d->updateEditFieldGeometry();
         update();
     }
 }
@@ -1706,6 +1707,8 @@ void QAbstractSpinBoxPrivate::updateEdit()
 
 void QAbstractSpinBoxPrivate::setRange(const QVariant &min, const QVariant &max)
 {
+    Q_Q(QAbstractSpinBox);
+
     clearCache();
     minimum = min;
     maximum = (variantCompare(min, max) < 0 ? max : min);
@@ -1717,6 +1720,8 @@ void QAbstractSpinBoxPrivate::setRange(const QVariant &min, const QVariant &max)
     } else if (value == minimum && !specialValueText.isEmpty()) {
         updateEdit();
     }
+
+    q->updateGeometry();
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -1791,8 +1796,8 @@ void QAbstractSpinBoxPrivate::interpret(EmitPolicy ep)
         q->fixup(tmp);
         QASBDEBUG() << "QAbstractSpinBoxPrivate::interpret() text '"
                     << edit->displayText()
-                    << "' >> '" << copy << "'"
-                    << "' >> '" << tmp << "'";
+                    << "' >> '" << copy << '\''
+                    << "' >> '" << tmp << '\'';
 
         doInterpret = tmp != copy && (q->validate(tmp, pos) == QValidator::Acceptable);
         if (!doInterpret) {
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.h
index aa8905f..e65f27b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox_p.h
index 5f7f896..0d00e04 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -135,8 +135,6 @@ public:
     mutable QValidator::State cachedState;
     mutable QSize cachedSizeHint, cachedMinimumSizeHint;
     uint pendingEmit : 1;
-    uint spindownEnabled : 1;
-    uint spinupEnabled : 1;
     uint readOnly : 1;
     uint wrapping : 1;
     uint ignoreCursorPositionChanged : 1;
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp
index 06bcf1e..d7c4e73 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -176,11 +176,22 @@
 */
 
 /*!
-    \fn void QButtonGroup::addButton(QAbstractButton *button, int id = -1);
+    \fn void QButtonGroup::addButton(QAbstractButton *button);
+
+    Adds the given \a button to the end of the group's internal list
+    of buttons.  An id will be assigned to the button by this
+    QButtonGroup. Automatically assigned ids are guaranteed to be
+    negative, starting with -2. If you are also assigning your own
+    ids, use positive values to avoid conflicts.
+
+    \sa removeButton() buttons()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QButtonGroup::addButton(QAbstractButton *button, int id);
 
     Adds the given \a button to the button group, with the given \a
-    id. If \a id is -1 (the default), an id will be assigned to the
-    button by this QButtonGroup.
+    id. It is recommended to assign only positive ids.
 
     \sa removeButton() buttons()
 */
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.h b/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.h
index e0b01ee..708c91c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendartextnavigator_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendartextnavigator_p.h
index 0aaeffc..dc4a14f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendartextnavigator_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendartextnavigator_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
index 4436c04..7f29ec7 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ QString QCalendarDayValidator::text() const
 {
     QString str;
     if (m_day / 10 == 0)
-        str += QLatin1String("0");
+        str += QLatin1Char('0');
     str += QString::number(m_day);
     return highlightString(str, m_pos);
 }
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ QString QCalendarDayValidator::text(const QDate &date, int repeat) const
     } else if (repeat == 2) {
         QString str;
         if (date.day() / 10 == 0)
-            str += QLatin1String("0");
+            str += QLatin1Char('0');
         return str + QString::number(date.day());
     } else if (repeat == 3) {
         return m_locale.dayName(date.dayOfWeek(), QLocale::ShortFormat);
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ QString QCalendarMonthValidator::text() const
 {
     QString str;
     if (m_month / 10 == 0)
-        str += QLatin1String("0");
+        str += QLatin1Char('0');
     str += QString::number(m_month);
     return highlightString(str, m_pos);
 }
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ QString QCalendarMonthValidator::text(const QDate &date, int repeat) const
     } else if (repeat == 2) {
         QString str;
         if (date.month() / 10 == 0)
-            str += QLatin1String("0");
+            str += QLatin1Char('0');
         return str + QString::number(date.month());
     } else if (repeat == 3) {
         return m_locale.standaloneMonthName(date.month(), QLocale::ShortFormat);
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ QString QCalendarYearValidator::text() const
     int pow = 10;
     for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
         if (m_year / pow == 0)
-            str += QLatin1String("0");
+            str += QLatin1Char('0');
         pow *= 10;
     }
     str += QString::number(m_year);
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ QString QCalendarYearValidator::text(const QDate &date, int repeat) const
         QString str;
         int year = date.year() % 100;
         if (year / 10 == 0)
-            str = QLatin1String("0");
+            str = QLatin1Char('0');
         return str + QString::number(year);
     }
     return QString::number(date.year());
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ void QCalendarDateValidator::setFormat(const QString &format)
     clear();
 
     int pos = 0;
-    const QLatin1String quote("'");
+    const QLatin1Char quote('\'');
     bool quoting = false;
     QString separator;
     while (pos < format.size()) {
@@ -2142,14 +2142,11 @@ QSize QCalendarWidget::minimumSizeHint() const
     int end = 53;
     int rows = 7;
     int cols = 8;
-    int startRow = 0;
-    int startCol = 0;
 
     const int marginH = (style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_FocusFrameHMargin) + 1) * 2;
 
     if (horizontalHeaderFormat() == QCalendarWidget::NoHorizontalHeader) {
         rows = 6;
-        startRow = 1;
     } else {
         for (int i = 1; i <= 7; i++) {
             QFontMetrics fm(d->m_model->formatForCell(0, i).font());
@@ -2160,7 +2157,6 @@ QSize QCalendarWidget::minimumSizeHint() const
 
     if (verticalHeaderFormat() == QCalendarWidget::NoVerticalHeader) {
         cols = 7;
-        startCol = 1;
     } else {
         for (int i = 1; i <= 6; i++) {
             QFontMetrics fm(d->m_model->formatForCell(i, 0).font());
@@ -2527,13 +2523,6 @@ void QCalendarWidget::setDateRange(const QDate &min, const QDate &max)
     if (!min.isValid() || !max.isValid())
         return;
 
-    QDate minimum = min;
-    QDate maximum = max;
-    if (min > max) {
-        minimum = max;
-        maximum = min;
-    }
-
     QDate oldDate = d->m_model->m_date;
     d->m_model->setRange(min, max);
     d->yearEdit->setMinimum(d->m_model->m_minimumDate.year());
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.h
index 05c2344..f567180 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
index 1998f9f..3108c7c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -75,52 +75,60 @@ public:
     \ingroup basicwidgets
     \mainclass
 
-    A QCheckBox is an option button that can be switched on (checked)
-    or off (unchecked). Checkboxes are typically used to represent
-    features in an application that can be enabled or disabled without
-    affecting others, but different types of behavior can be
-    implemented.
+    A QCheckBox is an option button that can be switched on (checked) or off
+    (unchecked). Checkboxes are typically used to represent features in an
+    application that can be enabled or disabled without affecting others, but
+    different types of behavior can be implemented. For example, a
+    QButtonGroup can be used to group check buttons logically, allowing
+    exclusive checkboxes. However, QButtonGroup does not provide any visual
+    representation.
 
-    A QButtonGroup can be used to group check buttons visually.
+    The image below further illustrates the differences between exclusive and
+    non-exclusive checkboxes.
+
+    \table
+    \row \o \inlineimage checkboxes-exclusive.png
+         \o \inlineimage checkboxes-non-exclusive.png
+    \endtable
 
     Whenever a checkbox is checked or cleared it emits the signal
-    stateChanged(). Connect to this signal if you want to trigger an
-    action each time the checkbox changes state. You can use
-    isChecked() to query whether or not a checkbox is checked.
-
-    In addition to the usual checked and unchecked states, QCheckBox
-    optionally provides a third state to indicate "no change". This
-    is useful whenever you need to give the user the option of neither
-    checking nor unchecking a checkbox. If you need this third state,
-    enable it with setTristate(), and use checkState() to query the current
-    toggle state.
-
-    Just like QPushButton, a checkbox displays text, and optionally a
-    small icon. The icon is set with setIcon(). The text can be set in
-    the constructor or with setText(). A shortcut key can be specified
-    by preceding the preferred character with an ampersand. For
-    example:
+    stateChanged(). Connect to this signal if you want to trigger an action
+    each time the checkbox changes state. You can use isChecked() to query
+    whether or not a checkbox is checked.
+
+    In addition to the usual checked and unchecked states, QCheckBox optionally
+    provides a third state to indicate "no change". This is useful whenever you
+    need to give the user the option of neither checking nor unchecking a
+    checkbox. If you need this third state, enable it with setTristate(), and
+    use checkState() to query the current toggle state.
+
+    Just like QPushButton, a checkbox displays text, and optionally a small
+    icon. The icon is set with setIcon(). The text can be set in the
+    constructor or with setText(). A shortcut key can be specified by preceding
+    the preferred character with an ampersand. For example:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_widgets_qcheckbox.cpp 0
 
-    In this example the shortcut is \e{Alt+A}. See the \l
-    {QShortcut#mnemonic}{QShortcut} documentation for details (to
-    display an actual ampersand, use '&&').
+    In this example the shortcut is \e{Alt+A}. See the \l{QShortcut#mnemonic}
+    {QShortcut} documentation for details (to display an actual ampersand,
+    use '&&').
 
-    Important inherited functions: text(), setText(), text(),
-    pixmap(), setPixmap(), accel(), setAccel(), isToggleButton(),
-    setDown(), isDown(), isOn(), checkState(), autoRepeat(),
-    isExclusiveToggle(), group(), setAutoRepeat(), toggle(),
-    pressed(), released(), clicked(), toggled(), checkState(), and
-    stateChanged().
+    Important inherited functions: text(), setText(), text(), pixmap(),
+    setPixmap(), accel(), setAccel(), isToggleButton(), setDown(), isDown(),
+    isOn(), checkState(), autoRepeat(), isExclusiveToggle(), group(),
+    setAutoRepeat(), toggle(), pressed(), released(), clicked(), toggled(),
+    checkState(), and stateChanged().
 
     \table 100%
-    \row \o \inlineimage macintosh-checkbox.png Screenshot of a Macintosh style checkbox
-         \o A checkbox shown in the \l{Macintosh Style Widget Gallery}{Macintosh widget style}.
-    \row \o \inlineimage windows-checkbox.png Screenshot of a Windows XP style checkbox
-         \o A checkbox shown in the \l{Windows XP Style Widget Gallery}{Windows XP widget style}.
-    \row \o \inlineimage plastique-checkbox.png Screenshot of a Plastique style checkbox
-         \o A checkbox shown in the \l{Plastique Style Widget Gallery}{Plastique widget style}.
+    \row
+        \o \inlineimage macintosh-checkbox.png Screenshot of a Macintosh style checkbox
+        \o A checkbox shown in the \l{Macintosh Style Widget Gallery}{Macintosh widget style}.
+    \row
+        \o \inlineimage windows-checkbox.png Screenshot of a Windows XP style checkbox
+        \o A checkbox shown in the \l{Windows XP Style Widget Gallery}{Windows XP widget style}.
+    \row
+        \o \inlineimage plastique-checkbox.png Screenshot of a Plastique style checkbox
+        \o A checkbox shown in the \l{Plastique Style Widget Gallery}{Plastique widget style}.
     \endtable
 
     \sa QAbstractButton, QRadioButton, {fowler}{GUI Design Handbook: Check Box}
@@ -138,8 +146,8 @@ public:
 /*!
     \fn void QCheckBox::stateChanged(int state)
 
-    This signal is emitted whenever the check box's state changes,
-    i.e. whenever the user checks or unchecks it.
+    This signal is emitted whenever the check box's state changes, i.e.
+    whenever the user checks or unchecks it.
 
     \a state contains the check box's new Qt::CheckState.
 */
@@ -161,9 +169,9 @@ void QCheckBoxPrivate::init()
 }
 
 /*!
-    Initialize \a option with the values from this QCheckBox. This method is useful
-    for subclasses when they need a QStyleOptionButton, but don't want to fill
-    in all the information themselves.
+    Initializes \a option with the values from this QCheckBox. This method is
+    useful for subclasses that require a QStyleOptionButton, but do not want
+    to fill in all the information themselves.
 
     \sa QStyleOption::initFrom()
 */
@@ -193,7 +201,7 @@ void QCheckBox::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionButton *option) const
 /*!
     Constructs a checkbox with the given \a parent, but with no text.
 
-    The \a parent argument is passed on to the QAbstractButton constructor.
+    \a parent is passed on to the QAbstractButton constructor.
 */
 
 QCheckBox::QCheckBox(QWidget *parent)
@@ -206,7 +214,7 @@ QCheckBox::QCheckBox(QWidget *parent)
 /*!
     Constructs a checkbox with the given \a parent and \a text.
 
-    The \a parent argument is passed on to the QAbstractButton constructor.
+    \a parent is passed on to the QAbstractButton constructor.
 */
 
 QCheckBox::QCheckBox(const QString &text, QWidget *parent)
@@ -231,10 +239,8 @@ bool QCheckBox::isTristate() const
 
 
 /*!
-    Returns the check box's check state.
-    If you do not need tristate support, you can also
-    use \l QAbstractButton::isChecked() which returns
-    a boolean.
+    Returns the check box's check state. If you do not need tristate support,
+    you can also  use \l QAbstractButton::isChecked() which returns a boolean.
 
     \sa setCheckState() Qt::CheckState
 */
@@ -247,10 +253,9 @@ Qt::CheckState QCheckBox::checkState() const
 }
 
 /*!
-    Sets the check box's check state to \a state.
-    If you do not need tristate support, you can also
-    use \l QAbstractButton::setChecked() which takes
-    a boolean.
+    Sets the check box's check state to \a state. If you do not need tristate
+    support, you can also use \l QAbstractButton::setChecked() which takes a
+    boolean.
 
     \sa checkState() Qt::CheckState
 */
@@ -274,7 +279,8 @@ void QCheckBox::setCheckState(Qt::CheckState state)
 }
 
 
-/*!\reimp
+/*!
+    \reimp
 */
 QSize QCheckBox::sizeHint() const
 {
@@ -294,7 +300,8 @@ QSize QCheckBox::sizeHint() const
     return d->sizeHint;
 }
 
-/*!\reimp
+/*!
+    \reimp
 */
 void QCheckBox::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
 {
@@ -325,7 +332,9 @@ void QCheckBox::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 }
 
 
-/*!\reimp*/
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
 bool QCheckBox::hitButton(const QPoint &pos) const
 {
     QStyleOptionButton opt;
@@ -333,7 +342,9 @@ bool QCheckBox::hitButton(const QPoint &pos) const
     return style()->subElementRect(QStyle::SE_CheckBoxClickRect, &opt, this).contains(pos);
 }
 
-/*!\reimp*/
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
 void QCheckBox::checkStateSet()
 {
     Q_D(QCheckBox);
@@ -345,7 +356,9 @@ void QCheckBox::checkStateSet()
     }
 }
 
-/*!\reimp*/
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
 void QCheckBox::nextCheckState()
 {
     Q_D(QCheckBox);
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.h
index fcab7a7..1d61783 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcocoamenu_mac.mm b/src/gui/widgets/qcocoamenu_mac.mm
index 6434289..3338fd8 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcocoamenu_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcocoamenu_mac.mm
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcocoamenu_mac_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcocoamenu_mac_p.h
index 1372f09..8eb6fba 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcocoamenu_mac_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcocoamenu_mac_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -56,16 +56,23 @@
 
 QT_FORWARD_DECLARE_CLASS(QMenu)
 
-@interface QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaMenu) : NSMenu
-{
-    QMenu *qmenu;
-}
-- (id)initWithQMenu:(QMenu*)menu;
+#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
+
+@protocol NSMenuDelegate <NSObject>
 - (void)menu:(NSMenu*)menu willHighlightItem:(NSMenuItem*)item;
 - (void)menuWillOpen:(NSMenu*)menu;
 - (void)menuWillClose:(NSMenu*)menu;
 - (BOOL)hasShortcut:(NSMenu *)menu forKey:(NSString *)key forModifiers:(NSUInteger)modifier
   whichItem:(NSMenuItem**)outItem;
+@end
+
+#endif
+
+@interface QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaMenu) : NSMenu <NSMenuDelegate>
+{
+    QMenu *qmenu;
+}
+- (id)initWithQMenu:(QMenu*)menu;
 - (BOOL)menuHasKeyEquivalent:(NSMenu *)menu forEvent:(NSEvent *)event target:(id *)target action:(SEL *)action;
 @end
 #endif
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcocoatoolbardelegate_mac.mm b/src/gui/widgets/qcocoatoolbardelegate_mac.mm
index a0ccaf3..894028e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcocoatoolbardelegate_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcocoatoolbardelegate_mac.mm
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcocoatoolbardelegate_mac_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcocoatoolbardelegate_mac_p.h
index a32e936..4c76177 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcocoatoolbardelegate_mac_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcocoatoolbardelegate_mac_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
index a6a5e08..7b91731 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@
 #ifndef QT_NO_IM
 #include "qinputcontext.h"
 #endif
+#include <private/qapplication_p.h>
 #include <private/qcombobox_p.h>
 #include <private/qabstractitemmodel_p.h>
 #include <private/qabstractscrollarea_p.h>
@@ -77,8 +78,6 @@
 #endif
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-extern QHash<QByteArray, QFont> *qt_app_fonts_hash();
-
 QComboBoxPrivate::QComboBoxPrivate()
     : QWidgetPrivate(),
       model(0),
@@ -953,6 +952,7 @@ QComboBoxPrivateContainer* QComboBoxPrivate::viewContainer()
     container->itemView()->setTextElideMode(Qt::ElideMiddle);
     updateDelegate(true);
     updateLayoutDirection();
+    updateViewContainerPaletteAndOpacity();
     QObject::connect(container, SIGNAL(itemSelected(QModelIndex)),
                      q, SLOT(_q_itemSelected(QModelIndex)));
     QObject::connect(container->itemView()->selectionModel(),
@@ -1055,6 +1055,27 @@ void QComboBoxPrivate::_q_rowsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int /*start*/,
 }
 
 
+void QComboBoxPrivate::updateViewContainerPaletteAndOpacity()
+{
+    if (!container)
+        return;
+    Q_Q(QComboBox);
+    QStyleOptionComboBox opt;
+    q->initStyleOption(&opt);
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENU
+    if (q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ComboBox_Popup, &opt, q)) {
+        QMenu menu;
+        menu.ensurePolished();
+        container->setPalette(menu.palette());
+        container->setWindowOpacity(menu.windowOpacity());
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+        container->setPalette(q->palette());
+        container->setWindowOpacity(1.0);
+    }
+}
+
 /*!
     Initialize \a option with the values from this QComboBox. This method
     is useful for subclasses when they need a QStyleOptionComboBox, but don't want
@@ -2591,20 +2612,7 @@ void QComboBox::changeEvent(QEvent *e)
             hidePopup();
         break;
     case QEvent::PaletteChange: {
-        QStyleOptionComboBox opt;
-        initStyleOption(&opt);
-#ifndef QT_NO_MENU
-        if (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ComboBox_Popup, &opt, this)) {
-            QMenu menu;
-            menu.ensurePolished();
-            d->viewContainer()->setPalette(menu.palette());
-            d->viewContainer()->setWindowOpacity(menu.windowOpacity());
-        } else
-#endif
-        {
-            d->viewContainer()->setPalette(palette());
-            d->viewContainer()->setWindowOpacity(1.0);
-        }
+        d->updateViewContainerPaletteAndOpacity();
         break;
     }
     case QEvent::FontChange:
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.h
index 2cb2e8f..22f6928 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox_p.h
index a55b439..d833016 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ public:
     QComboBoxDelegate(QObject *parent, QComboBox *cmb) : QItemDelegate(parent), mCombo(cmb) {}
 
     static bool isSeparator(const QModelIndex &index) {
-        return index.data(Qt::AccessibleDescriptionRole).toString() == QString::fromLatin1("separator");
+        return index.data(Qt::AccessibleDescriptionRole).toString() == QLatin1String("separator");
     }
     static void setSeparator(QAbstractItemModel *model, const QModelIndex &index) {
         model->setData(index, QString::fromLatin1("separator"), Qt::AccessibleDescriptionRole);
@@ -370,6 +370,7 @@ public:
     void updateDelegate(bool force = false);
     void keyboardSearchString(const QString &text);
     void modelChanged();
+    void updateViewContainerPaletteAndOpacity();
 
     QAbstractItemModel *model;
     QLineEdit *lineEdit;
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp
index 13ee6af..6d32d14 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -140,10 +140,12 @@ QFont QCommandLinkButtonPrivate::titleFont() const
     Q_Q(const QCommandLinkButton);
     QFont font = q->font();
     if (usingVistaStyle()) {
-        font.setPointSizeF(12.0);
+        if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont))
+            font.setPointSizeF(12.0);
     } else {
         font.setBold(true);
-        font.setPointSizeF(9.0);
+        if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont))
+            font.setPointSizeF(9.0);
     }
     return font;
 }
@@ -152,7 +154,8 @@ QFont QCommandLinkButtonPrivate::descriptionFont() const
 {
     Q_Q(const QCommandLinkButton);
     QFont font = q->font();
-    font.setPointSizeF(9.0);
+    if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont))
+        font.setPointSizeF(9.0);
     return font;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.h
index 93d91cb..bf30242 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp
index 4d34691..1c6d657 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************)
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -220,6 +220,9 @@ QDateTimeEdit::QDateTimeEdit(const QVariant &var, QVariant::Type parserType, QWi
   \property QDateTimeEdit::dateTime
   \brief the QDateTime that is set in the QDateTimeEdit
 
+  When setting this property the timespec of the QDateTimeEdit remains the same
+  and the timespec of the new QDateTime is ignored.
+
   By default, this property contains a date that refers to January 1,
   2000 and a time of 00:00:00 and 0 milliseconds.
 
@@ -239,7 +242,7 @@ void QDateTimeEdit::setDateTime(const QDateTime &datetime)
         d->clearCache();
         if (!(d->sections & DateSections_Mask))
             setDateRange(datetime.date(), datetime.date());
-        d->setValue(QVariant(datetime), EmitIfChanged);
+        d->setValue(QDateTime(datetime.date(), datetime.time(), d->spec), EmitIfChanged);
     }
 }
 
@@ -932,9 +935,6 @@ void QDateTimeEdit::setCalendarPopup(bool enable)
     \property QDateTimeEdit::timeSpec
     \brief the current timespec used by the date time edit.
     \since 4.4
-
-    All dates/passed to the date time edit will be converted to this
-    timespec.
 */
 
 Qt::TimeSpec QDateTimeEdit::timeSpec() const
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.h b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.h
index 26c0e66..e43a3fa 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit_p.h
index 5710935..d7852d8 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp
index e19ce6a..c0ef016 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdial.h b/src/gui/widgets/qdial.h
index 1aa3d11..91b8c5e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdial.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdial.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp
index 4a95292..cd94ba1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.h b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.h
index c4f3cf5..df40a66 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout.cpp
index 4f0ec1e..9828413 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -155,6 +155,11 @@ QSize QDockAreaLayoutItem::maximumSize() const
     return QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
 }
 
+bool QDockAreaLayoutItem::hasFixedSize(Qt::Orientation o) const
+{
+    return perp(o, minimumSize()) == perp(o, maximumSize());
+}
+
 bool QDockAreaLayoutItem::expansive(Qt::Orientation o) const
 {
     if ((flags & GapItem) || placeHolderItem != 0)
@@ -216,9 +221,9 @@ static quintptr tabId(const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item)
 #endif
 
 QDockAreaLayoutInfo::QDockAreaLayoutInfo()
-    : sep(0), dockPos(QInternal::LeftDock), o(Qt::Horizontal), rect(0, 0, -1, -1), mainWindow(0)
+    : sep(0), dockPos(QInternal::LeftDock), o(Qt::Horizontal), mainWindow(0)
 #ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR
-    , tabbed(false), tabBar(0), tabBarShape(QTabBar::RoundedSouth)
+    , tabbed(false), tabBar(0), tabBarShape(QTabBar::RoundedSouth), tabBarVisible(false)
 #endif
 {
 }
@@ -226,9 +231,9 @@ QDockAreaLayoutInfo::QDockAreaLayoutInfo()
 QDockAreaLayoutInfo::QDockAreaLayoutInfo(int _sep, QInternal::DockPosition _dockPos,
                                             Qt::Orientation _o, int tbshape,
                                             QMainWindow *window)
-    : sep(_sep), dockPos(_dockPos), o(_o), rect(0, 0, -1, -1), mainWindow(window)
+    : sep(_sep), dockPos(_dockPos), o(_o), mainWindow(window)
 #ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR
-    , tabbed(false), tabBar(0), tabBarShape(static_cast<QTabBar::Shape>(tbshape))
+    , tabbed(false), tabBar(0), tabBarShape(static_cast<QTabBar::Shape>(tbshape)), tabBarVisible(false)
 #endif
 {
 #ifdef QT_NO_TABBAR
@@ -244,7 +249,7 @@ QSize QDockAreaLayoutInfo::size() const
 void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::clear()
 {
     item_list.clear();
-    rect = QRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
+    rect = QRect();
 #ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR
     tabbed = false;
     tabBar = 0;
@@ -388,10 +393,9 @@ QSize QDockAreaLayoutInfo::sizeHint() const
         return QSize(0, 0);
 
     int a = 0, b = 0;
-    bool prev_gap = false;
-    bool first = true;
     int min_perp = 0;
     int max_perp = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+    const QDockAreaLayoutItem *previous = 0;
     for (int i = 0; i < item_list.size(); ++i) {
         const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(i);
         if (item.skip())
@@ -409,14 +413,15 @@ QSize QDockAreaLayoutInfo::sizeHint() const
         } else
 #endif
         {
-            if (!first && !gap && !prev_gap)
+            if (previous && !gap && !(previous->flags &  QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem)
+                && !previous->hasFixedSize(o)) {
                 a += sep;
+            }
             a += gap ? item.size : pick(o, size_hint);
         }
         b = qMax(b, perp(o, size_hint));
 
-        prev_gap = gap;
-        first = false;
+        previous = &item;
     }
 
     max_perp = qMax(max_perp, min_perp);
@@ -539,21 +544,20 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::fitItems()
     int max_size = realMaxSize(*this);
     int last_index = -1;
 
-    bool prev_gap = false;
-    bool first = true;
+    const QDockAreaLayoutItem *previous = 0;
     for (int i = 0; i < item_list.size(); ++i) {
         QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list[i];
         if (item.skip())
             continue;
 
         bool gap = item.flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem;
-        if (!first && !gap && !prev_gap) {
-            QLayoutStruct &ls = layout_struct_list[j++];
-            ls.init();
-            ls.minimumSize = sep;
-            ls.maximumSize = sep;
-            ls.sizeHint = sep;
-            ls.empty = false;
+        if (previous && !gap) {
+            if (!(previous->flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem)) {
+                QLayoutStruct &ls = layout_struct_list[j++];
+                ls.init();
+                ls.minimumSize = ls.maximumSize = ls.sizeHint = previous->hasFixedSize(o) ? 0 : sep;
+                ls.empty = false;
+            }
         }
 
         if (item.flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::KeepSize) {
@@ -592,8 +596,7 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::fitItems()
         }
 
         item.flags &= ~QDockAreaLayoutItem::KeepSize;
-        prev_gap = gap;
-        first = false;
+        previous = &item;
     }
     layout_struct_list.resize(j);
 
@@ -607,8 +610,8 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::fitItems()
     qGeomCalc(layout_struct_list, 0, j, pick(o, rect.topLeft()), size, 0);
 
     j = 0;
-    prev_gap = false;
-    first = true;
+    bool prev_gap = false;
+    bool first = true;
     for (int i = 0; i < item_list.size(); ++i) {
         QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list[i];
         if (item.skip())
@@ -921,43 +924,41 @@ static int separatorMoveHelper(QVector<QLayoutStruct> &list, int index, int delt
     return delta;
 }
 
-int QDockAreaLayoutInfo::separatorMove(int index, int delta, QVector<QLayoutStruct> *cache)
+int QDockAreaLayoutInfo::separatorMove(int index, int delta)
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR
     Q_ASSERT(!tabbed);
 #endif
 
-    if (cache->isEmpty()) {
-        QVector<QLayoutStruct> &list = *cache;
-        list.resize(item_list.size());
-        for (int i = 0; i < item_list.size(); ++i) {
-            const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(i);
-            QLayoutStruct &ls = list[i];
-            Q_ASSERT(!(item.flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem));
-            if (item.skip()) {
-                ls.empty = true;
-            } else {
-                ls.empty = false;
-                ls.pos = item.pos;
-                ls.size = item.size;
-                ls.minimumSize = pick(o, item.minimumSize());
-                ls.maximumSize = pick(o, item.maximumSize());
-            }
+    QVector<QLayoutStruct> list(item_list.size());
+    for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+        const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(i);
+        QLayoutStruct &ls = list[i];
+        Q_ASSERT(!(item.flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem));
+        if (item.skip()) {
+            ls.empty = true;
+        } else {
+            const int separatorSpace = item.hasFixedSize(o) ? 0 : sep;
+            ls.empty = false;
+            ls.pos = item.pos;
+            ls.size = item.size + separatorSpace;
+            ls.minimumSize = pick(o, item.minimumSize()) + separatorSpace;
+            ls.maximumSize = pick(o, item.maximumSize()) + separatorSpace;
+
         }
     }
 
-    QVector<QLayoutStruct> list = *cache;
-
-    delta = separatorMoveHelper(list, index, delta, sep);
+    //the separator space has been added to the size, so we pass 0 as a parameter
+    delta = separatorMoveHelper(list, index, delta, 0 /*separator*/);
 
-    for (int i = 0; i < item_list.size(); ++i) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
         QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list[i];
         if (item.skip())
             continue;
         QLayoutStruct &ls = list[i];
-        item.size = ls.size;
+        const int separatorSpace = item.hasFixedSize(o) ? 0 : sep;
+        item.size = ls.size - separatorSpace;
         item.pos = ls.pos;
-
         if (item.subinfo != 0) {
             item.subinfo->rect = itemRect(i);
             item.subinfo->fitItems();
@@ -993,15 +994,15 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::unnest(int index)
     }
 }
 
-void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::remove(QList<int> path)
+void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::remove(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
 
     if (path.count() > 1) {
-        int index = path.takeFirst();
+        const int index = path.first();
         QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list[index];
         Q_ASSERT(item.subinfo != 0);
-        item.subinfo->remove(path);
+        item.subinfo->remove(path.mid(1));
         unnest(index);
     } else {
         int index = path.first();
@@ -1009,18 +1010,18 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::remove(QList<int> path)
     }
 }
 
-QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::plug(QList<int> path)
+QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::plug(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
 
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    int index = path.first();
     if (index < 0)
         index = -index - 1;
 
-    if (!path.isEmpty()) {
+    if (path.count() > 1) {
         const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(index);
         Q_ASSERT(item.subinfo != 0);
-        return item.subinfo->plug(path);
+        return item.subinfo->plug(path.mid(1));
     }
 
     QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list[index];
@@ -1058,18 +1059,17 @@ QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::plug(QList<int> path)
     return item.widgetItem;
 }
 
-QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::unplug(QList<int> path)
+QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::unplug(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
 
+    const int index = path.first();
     if (path.count() > 1) {
-        int index = path.takeFirst();
         const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(index);
         Q_ASSERT(item.subinfo != 0);
-        return item.subinfo->unplug(path);
+        return item.subinfo->unplug(path.mid(1));
     }
 
-    int index = path.first();
     QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list[index];
     int prev = this->prev(index);
     int next = this->next(index);
@@ -1141,12 +1141,12 @@ static QRect dockedGeometry(QWidget *widget)
     return result;
 }
 
-bool QDockAreaLayoutInfo::insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem)
+bool QDockAreaLayoutInfo::insertGap(const QList<int> &path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
 
     bool insert_tabbed = false;
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    int index = path.first();
     if (index < 0) {
         insert_tabbed = true;
         index = -index - 1;
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ bool QDockAreaLayoutInfo::insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem
 
 //    dump(qDebug() << "insertGap() before:" << index << tabIndex, *this, QString());
 
-    if (!path.isEmpty()) {
+    if (path.count() > 1) {
         QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list[index];
 
         if (item.subinfo == 0
@@ -1193,8 +1193,7 @@ bool QDockAreaLayoutInfo::insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem
 #endif
         }
 
-        bool result = item.subinfo->insertGap(path, dockWidgetItem);
-        return result;
+        return item.subinfo->insertGap(path.mid(1), dockWidgetItem);
     }
 
     // create the gap item
@@ -1294,16 +1293,16 @@ QDockAreaLayoutInfo *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::info(QWidget *widget)
     return 0;
 }
 
-QDockAreaLayoutInfo *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::info(QList<int> path)
+QDockAreaLayoutInfo *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::info(const QList<int> &path)
 {
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    int index = path.first();
     if (index < 0)
         index = -index - 1;
     if (index >= item_list.count())
         return this;
-    if (path.isEmpty() || item_list.at(index).subinfo == 0)
+    if (path.count() == 1 || item_list.at(index).subinfo == 0)
         return this;
-    return item_list.at(index).subinfo->info(path);
+    return item_list.at(index).subinfo->info(path.mid(1));
 }
 
 QRect QDockAreaLayoutInfo::itemRect(int index) const
@@ -1334,17 +1333,18 @@ QRect QDockAreaLayoutInfo::itemRect(int index) const
     return result;
 }
 
-QRect QDockAreaLayoutInfo::itemRect(QList<int> path) const
+QRect QDockAreaLayoutInfo::itemRect(const QList<int> &path) const
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
 
+    const int index = path.first();
     if (path.count() > 1) {
-        const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(path.takeFirst());
+        const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(index);
         Q_ASSERT(item.subinfo != 0);
-        return item.subinfo->itemRect(path);
+        return item.subinfo->itemRect(path.mid(1));
     }
 
-    return itemRect(path.first());
+    return itemRect(index);
 }
 
 QRect QDockAreaLayoutInfo::separatorRect(int index) const
@@ -1366,16 +1366,17 @@ QRect QDockAreaLayoutInfo::separatorRect(int index) const
     return QRect(pos, s);
 }
 
-QRect QDockAreaLayoutInfo::separatorRect(QList<int> path) const
+QRect QDockAreaLayoutInfo::separatorRect(const QList<int> &path) const
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
 
+    const int index = path.first();
     if (path.count() > 1) {
-        const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(path.takeFirst());
+        const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(index);
         Q_ASSERT(item.subinfo != 0);
-        return item.subinfo->separatorRect(path);
+        return item.subinfo->separatorRect(path.mid(1));
     }
-    return separatorRect(path.first());
+    return separatorRect(index);
 }
 
 QList<int> QDockAreaLayoutInfo::findSeparator(const QPoint &_pos) const
@@ -1408,11 +1409,12 @@ QList<int> QDockAreaLayoutInfo::findSeparator(const QPoint &_pos) const
         if (next == -1 || (item_list.at(next).flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem))
             continue;
 
-        int margin = (sep == 1? 2 : 0);
-        if (pos >= item.pos + item.size - margin && item.pos + item.size + sep + margin > pos) {
-            QList<int> result;
-            result.append(i);
-            return result;
+        QRect sepRect = separatorRect(i);
+        if (!sepRect.isNull() && sep == 1)
+            sepRect.adjust(-2, -2, 2, 2);
+        //we also make sure we don't find a separator that's not there
+        if (sepRect.contains(_pos) && !item.hasFixedSize(o)) {
+            return QList<int>() << i;
         }
 
     }
@@ -1478,6 +1480,12 @@ QMainWindowLayout *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::mainWindowLayout() const
     return result;
 }
 
+bool QDockAreaLayoutInfo::hasFixedSize() const
+{
+    return perp(o, minimumSize()) == perp(o, maximumSize());
+}
+
+
 void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::apply(bool animate)
 {
     QWidgetAnimator *widgetAnimator = mainWindowLayout()->widgetAnimator;
@@ -1629,7 +1637,7 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::paintSeparators(QPainter *p, QWidget *widget,
         if (next == -1)
             break;
         QRect r = separatorRect(i);
-        if (clip.contains(r))
+        if (clip.contains(r) && !item.hasFixedSize(o))
             paintSep(p, widget, r, o, r.contains(mouse));
     }
 }
@@ -1694,15 +1702,16 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::split(int index, Qt::Orientation orientation,
     }
 }
 
-QDockAreaLayoutItem &QDockAreaLayoutInfo::item(QList<int> path)
+QDockAreaLayoutItem &QDockAreaLayoutInfo::item(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
+    const int index = path.first();
     if (path.count() > 1) {
-        QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list[path.takeFirst()];
+        const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(index);
         Q_ASSERT(item.subinfo != 0);
-        return item.subinfo->item(path);
+        return item.subinfo->item(path.mid(1));
     }
-    return item_list[path.first()];
+    return item_list[index];
 }
 
 QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::itemAt(int *x, int index) const
@@ -1964,7 +1973,6 @@ bool QDockAreaLayoutInfo::restoreState(QDataStream &stream, QList<QDockWidget*>
                 } else {
                     int dummy;
                     stream >> item.pos >> item.size >> dummy >> dummy;
-    //                qDebug() << widget << item.pos << item.size;
                     if (!testing) {
                         widget->setFloating(false);
                         widget->setVisible(flags & StateFlagVisible);
@@ -2009,10 +2017,8 @@ bool QDockAreaLayoutInfo::restoreState(QDataStream &stream, QList<QDockWidget*>
 
 void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::updateSeparatorWidgets() const
 {
-    QDockAreaLayoutInfo *that = const_cast<QDockAreaLayoutInfo*>(this);
-
     if (tabbed) {
-        that->separatorWidgets.clear();
+        separatorWidgets.clear();
         return;
     }
 
@@ -2040,7 +2046,7 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::updateSeparatorWidgets() const
             sepWidget = separatorWidgets.at(j);
         } else {
             sepWidget = mainWindowLayout()->getSeparatorWidget();
-            that->separatorWidgets.append(sepWidget);
+            separatorWidgets.append(sepWidget);
         }
         j++;
 
@@ -2053,10 +2059,10 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::updateSeparatorWidgets() const
         sepWidget->show();
     }
 
-    for (int k = j; k < that->separatorWidgets.size(); ++k) {
-        that->separatorWidgets[k]->hide();
+    for (int k = j; k < separatorWidgets.size(); ++k) {
+        separatorWidgets[k]->hide();
     }
-    that->separatorWidgets.resize(j);
+    separatorWidgets.resize(j);
     Q_ASSERT(separatorWidgets.size() == j);
 }
 
@@ -2202,8 +2208,8 @@ QSet<QWidget*> QDockAreaLayoutInfo::usedSeparatorWidgets() const
 {
     QSet<QWidget*> result;
 
-    foreach (QWidget *sepWidget, separatorWidgets)
-        result << sepWidget;
+    for (int i = 0; i < separatorWidgets.count(); ++i)
+        result << separatorWidgets.at(i);
 
     for (int i = 0; i < item_list.count(); ++i) {
         const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item = item_list.at(i);
@@ -2271,7 +2277,7 @@ QDockAreaLayout::QDockAreaLayout(QMainWindow *win)
     docks[QInternal::BottomDock]
         = QDockAreaLayoutInfo(sep, QInternal::BottomDock, Qt::Horizontal, tabShape, win);
     centralWidgetItem = 0;
-    centralWidgetRect = QRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
+
 
     corners[Qt::TopLeftCorner] = Qt::TopDockWidgetArea;
     corners[Qt::TopRightCorner] = Qt::TopDockWidgetArea;
@@ -2442,9 +2448,9 @@ QList<int> QDockAreaLayout::findSeparator(const QPoint &pos) const
         if (info.isEmpty())
             continue;
         QRect rect = separatorRect(i);
-        if (sep == 1)
+        if (!rect.isNull() && sep == 1)
             rect.adjust(-2, -2, 2, 2);
-        if (rect.contains(pos)) {
+        if (rect.contains(pos) && !info.hasFixedSize()) {
             result << i;
             break;
         } else if (info.rect.contains(pos)) {
@@ -2469,44 +2475,45 @@ QDockAreaLayoutInfo *QDockAreaLayout::info(QWidget *widget)
     return 0;
 }
 
-QDockAreaLayoutInfo *QDockAreaLayout::info(QList<int> path)
+QDockAreaLayoutInfo *QDockAreaLayout::info(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    const int index = path.first();
     Q_ASSERT(index >= 0 && index < QInternal::DockCount);
 
-    if (path.isEmpty())
+    if (path.count() == 1)
         return &docks[index];
 
-    return docks[index].info(path);
+    return docks[index].info(path.mid(1));
 }
 
-const QDockAreaLayoutInfo *QDockAreaLayout::info(QList<int> path) const
+const QDockAreaLayoutInfo *QDockAreaLayout::info(const QList<int> &path) const
 {
     return const_cast<QDockAreaLayout*>(this)->info(path);
 }
 
-QDockAreaLayoutItem &QDockAreaLayout::item(QList<int> path)
+QDockAreaLayoutItem &QDockAreaLayout::item(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    const int index = path.first();
     Q_ASSERT(index >= 0 && index < QInternal::DockCount);
-    return docks[index].item(path);
+    return docks[index].item(path.mid(1));
 }
 
-QRect QDockAreaLayout::itemRect(QList<int> path) const
+QRect QDockAreaLayout::itemRect(const QList<int> &path) const
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    const int index = path.first();
     Q_ASSERT(index >= 0 && index < QInternal::DockCount);
-    return docks[index].itemRect(path);
+    return docks[index].itemRect(path.mid(1));
 }
 
 QRect QDockAreaLayout::separatorRect(int index) const
 {
-    if (docks[index].isEmpty())
+    const QDockAreaLayoutInfo &dock = docks[index];
+    if (dock.isEmpty())
         return QRect();
-    QRect r = docks[index].rect;
+    QRect r = dock.rect;
     switch (index) {
         case QInternal::LeftDock:
             return QRect(r.right() + 1, r.top(), sep, r.height());
@@ -2522,49 +2529,49 @@ QRect QDockAreaLayout::separatorRect(int index) const
     return QRect();
 }
 
-QRect QDockAreaLayout::separatorRect(QList<int> path) const
+QRect QDockAreaLayout::separatorRect(const QList<int> &path) const
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
 
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    const int index = path.first();
     Q_ASSERT(index >= 0 && index < QInternal::DockCount);
 
-    if (path.isEmpty())
+    if (path.count() == 1)
         return separatorRect(index);
     else
-        return docks[index].separatorRect(path);
+        return docks[index].separatorRect(path.mid(1));
 }
 
-bool QDockAreaLayout::insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem)
+bool QDockAreaLayout::insertGap(const QList<int> &path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    const int index = path.first();
     Q_ASSERT(index >= 0 && index < QInternal::DockCount);
-    return docks[index].insertGap(path, dockWidgetItem);
+    return docks[index].insertGap(path.mid(1), dockWidgetItem);
 }
 
-QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayout::plug(QList<int> path)
+QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayout::plug(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    const int index = path.first();
     Q_ASSERT(index >= 0 && index < QInternal::DockCount);
-    return docks[index].plug(path);
+    return docks[index].plug(path.mid(1));
 }
 
-QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayout::unplug(QList<int> path)
+QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayout::unplug(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    const int index = path.first();
     Q_ASSERT(index >= 0 && index < QInternal::DockCount);
-    return docks[index].unplug(path);
+    return docks[index].unplug(path.mid(1));
 }
 
-void QDockAreaLayout::remove(QList<int> path)
+void QDockAreaLayout::remove(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
-    int index = path.takeFirst();
+    const int index = path.first();
     Q_ASSERT(index >= 0 && index < QInternal::DockCount);
-    docks[index].remove(path);
+    docks[index].remove(path.mid(1));
 }
 
 static inline int qMin(int i1, int i2, int i3) { return qMin(i1, qMin(i2, i3)); }
@@ -2854,8 +2861,8 @@ void QDockAreaLayout::clear()
     for (int i = 0; i < QInternal::DockCount; ++i)
         docks[i].clear();
 
-    rect = QRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
-    centralWidgetRect = QRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
+    rect = QRect();
+    centralWidgetRect = QRect();
 }
 
 QSize QDockAreaLayout::sizeHint() const
@@ -3080,7 +3087,7 @@ void QDockAreaLayout::paintSeparators(QPainter *p, QWidget *widget,
         if (dock.isEmpty())
             continue;
         QRect r = separatorRect(i);
-        if (clip.contains(r)) {
+        if (clip.contains(r) && !dock.hasFixedSize()) {
             Qt::Orientation opposite = dock.o == Qt::Horizontal
                                         ? Qt::Vertical : Qt::Horizontal;
             paintSep(p, widget, r, opposite, r.contains(mouse));
@@ -3105,9 +3112,8 @@ QRegion QDockAreaLayout::separatorRegion() const
     return result;
 }
 
-int QDockAreaLayout::separatorMove(QList<int> separator, const QPoint &origin,
-                                                const QPoint &dest,
-                                                QVector<QLayoutStruct> *cache)
+int QDockAreaLayout::separatorMove(const QList<int> &separator, const QPoint &origin,
+                                                const QPoint &dest)
 {
     int delta = 0;
     int index = separator.last();
@@ -3116,21 +3122,18 @@ int QDockAreaLayout::separatorMove(QList<int> separator, const QPoint &origin,
         QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info = this->info(separator);
         delta = pick(info->o, dest - origin);
         if (delta != 0)
-            delta = info->separatorMove(index, delta, cache);
+            delta = info->separatorMove(index, delta);
         info->apply(false);
         return delta;
     }
 
-    if (cache->isEmpty()) {
-        QVector<QLayoutStruct> &list = *cache;
+    QVector<QLayoutStruct> list;
 
-        if (index == QInternal::LeftDock || index == QInternal::RightDock)
-            getGrid(0, &list);
-        else
-            getGrid(&list, 0);
-    }
+    if (index == QInternal::LeftDock || index == QInternal::RightDock)
+        getGrid(0, &list);
+    else
+        getGrid(&list, 0);
 
-    QVector<QLayoutStruct> list = *cache;
     int sep_index = index == QInternal::LeftDock || index == QInternal::TopDock
                         ? 0 : 1;
     Qt::Orientation o = index == QInternal::LeftDock || index == QInternal::RightDock
@@ -3154,8 +3157,6 @@ int QDockAreaLayout::separatorMove(QList<int> separator, const QPoint &origin,
 // Allocates new sepearator widgets with getSeparatorWidget
 void QDockAreaLayout::updateSeparatorWidgets() const
 {
-    QDockAreaLayout *that = const_cast<QDockAreaLayout*>(this);
-
     int j = 0;
 
     for (int i = 0; i < QInternal::DockCount; ++i) {
@@ -3168,7 +3169,7 @@ void QDockAreaLayout::updateSeparatorWidgets() const
             sepWidget = separatorWidgets.at(j);
         } else {
             sepWidget = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout())->getSeparatorWidget();
-            that->separatorWidgets.append(sepWidget);
+            separatorWidgets.append(sepWidget);
         }
         j++;
 
@@ -3183,7 +3184,7 @@ void QDockAreaLayout::updateSeparatorWidgets() const
     for (int i = j; i < separatorWidgets.size(); ++i)
         separatorWidgets.at(i)->hide();
 
-    that->separatorWidgets.resize(j);
+    separatorWidgets.resize(j);
 }
 
 QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayout::itemAt(int *x, int index) const
@@ -3244,8 +3245,8 @@ QSet<QWidget*> QDockAreaLayout::usedSeparatorWidgets() const
 {
     QSet<QWidget*> result;
 
-    foreach (QWidget *sepWidget, separatorWidgets)
-        result << sepWidget;
+    for (int i = 0; i < separatorWidgets.count(); ++i)
+        result << separatorWidgets.at(i);
     for (int i = 0; i < QInternal::DockCount; ++i) {
         const QDockAreaLayoutInfo &dock = docks[i];
         result += dock.usedSeparatorWidgets();
@@ -3253,7 +3254,7 @@ QSet<QWidget*> QDockAreaLayout::usedSeparatorWidgets() const
     return result;
 }
 
-QRect QDockAreaLayout::gapRect(QList<int> path) const
+QRect QDockAreaLayout::gapRect(const QList<int> &path) const
 {
     const QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info = this->info(path);
     if (info == 0)
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout_p.h
index 7c5bd18..543a201 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ struct QDockAreaLayoutItem
     QSize maximumSize() const;
     QSize sizeHint() const;
     bool expansive(Qt::Orientation o) const;
+    bool hasFixedSize(Qt::Orientation o) const;
 
     QLayoutItem *widgetItem;
     QDockAreaLayoutInfo *subinfo;
@@ -135,18 +136,18 @@ public:
     QSize sizeHint() const;
     QSize size() const;
 
-    bool insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem);
-    QLayoutItem *plug(QList<int> path);
-    QLayoutItem *unplug(QList<int> path);
+    bool insertGap(const QList<int> &path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem);
+    QLayoutItem *plug(const QList<int> &path);
+    QLayoutItem *unplug(const QList<int> &path);
     enum TabMode { NoTabs, AllowTabs, ForceTabs };
     QList<int> gapIndex(const QPoint &pos, bool nestingEnabled,
                             TabMode tabMode) const;
-    void remove(QList<int> path);
+    void remove(const QList<int> &path);
     void unnest(int index);
     void split(int index, Qt::Orientation orientation, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem);
     void tab(int index, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem);
-    QDockAreaLayoutItem &item(QList<int> path);
-    QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info(QList<int> path);
+    QDockAreaLayoutItem &item(const QList<int> &path);
+    QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info(const QList<int> &path);
     QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info(QWidget *widget);
 
     enum { // sentinel values used to validate state data
@@ -161,12 +162,13 @@ public:
     bool expansive(Qt::Orientation o) const;
     int changeSize(int index, int size, bool below);
     QRect itemRect(int index) const;
-    QRect itemRect(QList<int> path) const;
+    QRect itemRect(const QList<int> &path) const;
     QRect separatorRect(int index) const;
-    QRect separatorRect(QList<int> path) const;
+    QRect separatorRect(const QList<int> &path) const;
 
     void clear();
     bool isEmpty() const;
+    bool hasFixedSize() const;
     QList<int> findSeparator(const QPoint &pos) const;
     int next(int idx) const;
     int prev(int idx) const;
@@ -179,7 +181,7 @@ public:
     void paintSeparators(QPainter *p, QWidget *widget, const QRegion &clip,
                             const QPoint &mouse) const;
     QRegion separatorRegion() const;
-    int separatorMove(int index, int delta, QVector<QLayoutStruct> *cache);
+    int separatorMove(int index, int delta);
 
     QLayoutItem *itemAt(int *x, int index) const;
     QLayoutItem *takeAt(int *x, int index);
@@ -188,7 +190,7 @@ public:
     QMainWindowLayout *mainWindowLayout() const;
 
     int sep;
-    QVector<QWidget*> separatorWidgets;
+    mutable QVector<QWidget*> separatorWidgets;
     QInternal::DockPosition dockPos;
     Qt::Orientation o;
     QRect rect;
@@ -231,7 +233,7 @@ public:
     QDockAreaLayout(QMainWindow *win);
     QDockAreaLayoutInfo docks[4];
     int sep; // separator extent
-    QVector<QWidget*> separatorWidgets;
+    mutable QVector<QWidget*> separatorWidgets;
 
     bool isValid() const;
 
@@ -244,18 +246,18 @@ public:
     QList<int> gapIndex(const QPoint &pos) const;
     QList<int> findSeparator(const QPoint &pos) const;
 
-    QDockAreaLayoutItem &item(QList<int> path);
-    QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info(QList<int> path);
-    const QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info(QList<int> path) const;
+    QDockAreaLayoutItem &item(const QList<int> &path);
+    QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info(const QList<int> &path);
+    const QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info(const QList<int> &path) const;
     QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info(QWidget *widget);
-    QRect itemRect(QList<int> path) const;
+    QRect itemRect(const QList<int> &path) const;
     QRect separatorRect(int index) const;
-    QRect separatorRect(QList<int> path) const;
+    QRect separatorRect(const QList<int> &path) const;
 
-    bool insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem);
-    QLayoutItem *plug(QList<int> path);
-    QLayoutItem *unplug(QList<int> path);
-    void remove(QList<int> path);
+    bool insertGap(const QList<int> &path, QLayoutItem *dockWidgetItem);
+    QLayoutItem *plug(const QList<int> &path);
+    QLayoutItem *unplug(const QList<int> &path);
+    void remove(const QList<int> &path);
 
     void fitLayout();
 
@@ -275,8 +277,7 @@ public:
     void paintSeparators(QPainter *p, QWidget *widget, const QRegion &clip,
                             const QPoint &mouse) const;
     QRegion separatorRegion() const;
-    int separatorMove(QList<int> separator, const QPoint &origin, const QPoint &dest,
-                        QVector<QLayoutStruct> *cache);
+    int separatorMove(const QList<int> &separator, const QPoint &origin, const QPoint &dest);
     void updateSeparatorWidgets() const;
 
     QLayoutItem *itemAt(int *x, int index) const;
@@ -288,7 +289,7 @@ public:
     void setGrid(QVector<QLayoutStruct> *ver_struct_list,
                     QVector<QLayoutStruct> *hor_struct_list);
 
-    QRect gapRect(QList<int> path) const;
+    QRect gapRect(const QList<int> &path) const;
 
     void keepSize(QDockWidget *w);
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp
index a5be5f8..5810c81 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@
 #include "qdockwidget_p.h"
 #include "qmainwindowlayout_p.h"
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+#include <private/qapplication_p.h>
 #include <private/qt_mac_p.h>
 #include <qmacstyle_mac.h>
 #endif
@@ -67,7 +68,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 extern QString qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(const QString&, const QWidget*); // qwidget.cpp
 
-extern QHash<QByteArray, QFont> *qt_app_fonts_hash(); // qapplication.cpp
+static inline bool hasFeature(const QDockWidgetPrivate *priv, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFeature feature)
+{ return (priv->features & feature) == feature; }
 
 static inline bool hasFeature(const QDockWidget *dockwidget, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFeature feature)
 { return (dockwidget->features() & feature) == feature; }
@@ -203,7 +205,7 @@ bool QDockWidgetLayout::nativeWindowDeco() const
 
 bool QDockWidgetLayout::nativeWindowDeco(bool floating) const
 {
-#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_WINCE)
     Q_UNUSED(floating);
     return false;
 #else
@@ -221,7 +223,8 @@ void QDockWidgetLayout::addItem(QLayoutItem*)
 QLayoutItem *QDockWidgetLayout::itemAt(int index) const
 {
     int cnt = 0;
-    foreach (QLayoutItem *item, item_list) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < item_list.count(); ++i) {
+        QLayoutItem *item = item_list.at(i);
         if (item == 0)
             continue;
         if (index == cnt++)
@@ -250,8 +253,8 @@ QLayoutItem *QDockWidgetLayout::takeAt(int index)
 int QDockWidgetLayout::count() const
 {
     int result = 0;
-    foreach (QLayoutItem *item, item_list) {
-        if (item != 0)
+    for (int i = 0; i < item_list.count(); ++i) {
+        if (item_list.at(i))
             ++result;
     }
     return result;
@@ -646,25 +649,25 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::_q_toggleView(bool b)
 void QDockWidgetPrivate::updateButtons()
 {
     Q_Q(QDockWidget);
-    QDockWidgetLayout *layout = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(q->layout());
+    QDockWidgetLayout *dwLayout = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(layout);
 
     QStyleOptionDockWidget opt;
     q->initStyleOption(&opt);
 
-    bool customTitleBar = layout->widgetForRole(QDockWidgetLayout::TitleBar) != 0;
-    bool nativeDeco = layout->nativeWindowDeco();
+    bool customTitleBar = dwLayout->widgetForRole(QDockWidgetLayout::TitleBar) != 0;
+    bool nativeDeco = dwLayout->nativeWindowDeco();
     bool hideButtons = nativeDeco || customTitleBar;
 
-    bool canClose = hasFeature(q, QDockWidget::DockWidgetClosable);
-    bool canFloat = hasFeature(q, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable);
+    bool canClose = hasFeature(this, QDockWidget::DockWidgetClosable);
+    bool canFloat = hasFeature(this, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable);
 
     QAbstractButton *button
-        = qobject_cast<QAbstractButton*>(layout->widgetForRole(QDockWidgetLayout::FloatButton));
+        = qobject_cast<QAbstractButton*>(dwLayout->widgetForRole(QDockWidgetLayout::FloatButton));
     button->setIcon(q->style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_TitleBarNormalButton, &opt, q));
     button->setVisible(canFloat && !hideButtons);
 
     button
-        = qobject_cast <QAbstractButton*>(layout->widgetForRole(QDockWidgetLayout::CloseButton));
+        = qobject_cast <QAbstractButton*>(dwLayout->widgetForRole(QDockWidgetLayout::CloseButton));
     button->setIcon(q->style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_TitleBarCloseButton, &opt, q));
     button->setVisible(canClose && !hideButtons);
 
@@ -687,7 +690,7 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::initDrag(const QPoint &pos, bool nca)
     if (state != 0)
         return;
 
-    QMainWindow *win = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(q->parentWidget());
+    QMainWindow *win = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent);
     Q_ASSERT(win != 0);
     QMainWindowLayout *layout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(win->layout());
     Q_ASSERT(layout != 0);
@@ -740,15 +743,15 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::endDrag(bool abort)
     q->releaseMouse();
 
     if (state->dragging) {
-        QMainWindowLayout *layout =
+        QMainWindowLayout *mwLayout =
             qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout *>(q->parentWidget()->layout());
-        Q_ASSERT(layout != 0);
+        Q_ASSERT(mwLayout != 0);
 
-        if (abort || !layout->plug(state->widgetItem)) {
-            if (hasFeature(q, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable)) {
+        if (abort || !mwLayout->plug(state->widgetItem)) {
+            if (hasFeature(this, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable)) {
                 if (state->ownWidgetItem)
                     delete state->widgetItem;
-                layout->restore();
+                mwLayout->restore();
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11
                 // get rid of the X11BypassWindowManager window flag and activate the resizer
                 Qt::WindowFlags flags = q->windowFlags();
@@ -758,14 +761,14 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::endDrag(bool abort)
                 q->show();
 #else
                 QDockWidgetLayout *myLayout
-                    = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(q->layout());
+                    = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(layout);
                 resizer->setActive(QWidgetResizeHandler::Resize,
                                     myLayout->widgetForRole(QDockWidgetLayout::TitleBar) != 0);
 #endif
                 undockedGeometry = q->geometry();
                 q->activateWindow();
             } else {
-                layout->revert(state->widgetItem);
+                mwLayout->revert(state->widgetItem);
             }
         }
     }
@@ -777,7 +780,7 @@ bool QDockWidgetPrivate::isAnimating() const
 {
     Q_Q(const QDockWidget);
 
-    QMainWindow *mainWin = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(q->parentWidget());
+    QMainWindow *mainWin = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent);
     if (mainWin == 0)
         return false;
 
@@ -794,18 +797,18 @@ bool QDockWidgetPrivate::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
 #if !defined(QT_NO_MAINWINDOW)
     Q_Q(QDockWidget);
 
-    QDockWidgetLayout *layout
-        = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(q->layout());
+    QDockWidgetLayout *dwLayout
+        = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(layout);
 
-    if (!layout->nativeWindowDeco()) {
-        QRect titleArea = layout->titleArea();
+    if (!dwLayout->nativeWindowDeco()) {
+        QRect titleArea = dwLayout->titleArea();
 
         if (event->button() != Qt::LeftButton ||
             !titleArea.contains(event->pos()) ||
             // check if the tool window is movable... do nothing if it
             // is not (but allow moving if the window is floating)
-            (!hasFeature(q, QDockWidget::DockWidgetMovable) && !q->isFloating()) ||
-            qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(q->parentWidget()) == 0 ||
+            (!hasFeature(this, QDockWidget::DockWidgetMovable) && !q->isFloating()) ||
+            qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent) == 0 ||
             isAnimating() || state != 0) {
             return false;
         }
@@ -813,7 +816,7 @@ bool QDockWidgetPrivate::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
         initDrag(event->pos(), false);
 
         if (state)
-            state->ctrlDrag = hasFeature(q, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable) && event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier;
+            state->ctrlDrag = hasFeature(this, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable) && event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier;
 
         return true;
     }
@@ -824,15 +827,13 @@ bool QDockWidgetPrivate::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
 
 bool QDockWidgetPrivate::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
 {
-    Q_Q(QDockWidget);
+    QDockWidgetLayout *dwLayout = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(layout);
 
-    QDockWidgetLayout *layout = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(q->layout());
-
-    if (!layout->nativeWindowDeco()) {
-        QRect titleArea = layout->titleArea();
+    if (!dwLayout->nativeWindowDeco()) {
+        QRect titleArea = dwLayout->titleArea();
 
         if (event->button() == Qt::LeftButton && titleArea.contains(event->pos()) &&
-            hasFeature(q, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable)) {
+            hasFeature(this, QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable)) {
             _q_toggleTopLevel();
             return true;
         }
@@ -850,7 +851,7 @@ bool QDockWidgetPrivate::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
         return ret;
 
     QDockWidgetLayout *dwlayout
-        = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(q->layout());
+        = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(layout);
     QMainWindowLayout *mwlayout
         = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(q->parentWidget()->layout());
     if (!dwlayout->nativeWindowDeco()) {
@@ -923,7 +924,7 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::nonClientAreaMouseEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
                 break;
             if (state != 0)
                 break;
-            if (qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(q->parentWidget()) == 0)
+            if (qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent) == 0)
                 break;
             if (isAnimating())
                 break;
@@ -996,9 +997,9 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::unplug(const QRect &rect)
     Q_Q(QDockWidget);
     QRect r = rect;
     r.moveTopLeft(q->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0)));
-    QDockWidgetLayout *layout = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(q->layout());
-    if (layout->nativeWindowDeco(true))
-        r.adjust(0, layout->titleHeight(), 0, 0);
+    QDockWidgetLayout *dwLayout = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(layout);
+    if (dwLayout->nativeWindowDeco(true))
+        r.adjust(0, dwLayout->titleHeight(), 0, 0);
     setWindowState(true, true, r);
 }
 
@@ -1019,12 +1020,12 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::setWindowState(bool floating, bool unplug, const QRect
 
     Qt::WindowFlags flags = floating ? Qt::Tool : Qt::Widget;
 
-    QDockWidgetLayout *layout = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(q->layout());
-    const bool nativeDeco = layout->nativeWindowDeco(floating);
+    QDockWidgetLayout *dwLayout = qobject_cast<QDockWidgetLayout*>(layout);
+    const bool nativeDeco = dwLayout->nativeWindowDeco(floating);
 
     if (nativeDeco) {
         flags |= Qt::CustomizeWindowHint | Qt::WindowTitleHint;
-        if (hasFeature(q, QDockWidget::DockWidgetClosable))
+        if (hasFeature(this, QDockWidget::DockWidgetClosable))
             flags |= Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint;
     } else {
         flags |= Qt::FramelessWindowHint;
@@ -1051,7 +1052,7 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::setWindowState(bool floating, bool unplug, const QRect
 
     if (floating != wasFloating) {
         emit q->topLevelChanged(floating);
-        if (!floating && q->parentWidget()) {
+        if (!floating && parent) {
             QMainWindowLayout *mwlayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout *>(q->parentWidget()->layout());
             if (mwlayout)
                 emit q->dockLocationChanged(mwlayout->dockWidgetArea(q));
@@ -1321,8 +1322,7 @@ void QDockWidget::changeEvent(QEvent *event)
             QMainWindow *win = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(parentWidget());
             if (QMainWindowLayout *winLayout =
                 (win ? qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(win->layout()) : 0))
-                if (QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info =
-                    (winLayout ? winLayout->layoutState.dockAreaLayout.info(this) : 0))
+                if (QDockAreaLayoutInfo *info = winLayout->layoutState.dockAreaLayout.info(this))
                     info->updateTabBar();
         }
 #endif // QT_NO_TABBAR
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.h b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.h
index 938a2fd..f0c0b46 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget_p.h
index 0bc619c..7a637af 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qeffects.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qeffects.cpp
index 140953d..065a2e0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qeffects.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qeffects.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -588,8 +588,8 @@ void qScrollEffect(QWidget* w, QEffects::DirFlags orient, int time)
     if (!w)
         return;
 
-    qApp->sendPostedEvents(w, QEvent::Move);
-    qApp->sendPostedEvents(w, QEvent::Resize);
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents(w, QEvent::Move);
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents(w, QEvent::Resize);
     Qt::WindowFlags flags = Qt::ToolTip;
 
     // those can be popups - they would steal the focus, but are disabled
@@ -610,8 +610,8 @@ void qFadeEffect(QWidget* w, int time)
     if (!w)
         return;
 
-    qApp->sendPostedEvents(w, QEvent::Move);
-    qApp->sendPostedEvents(w, QEvent::Resize);
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents(w, QEvent::Move);
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents(w, QEvent::Resize);
 
     Qt::WindowFlags flags = Qt::ToolTip;
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qeffects_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qeffects_p.h
index edff5a9..1f66dc1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qeffects_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qeffects_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp
index 4e5b630..8c26f54 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.h b/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.h
index d886e09..139374c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp
index 3c7e691..9660399 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.h b/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.h
index 4929ff3..6034881 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp
index 6f81331..b9e769d 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -59,8 +59,7 @@ QFramePrivate::QFramePrivate()
       midLineWidth(0),
       frameWidth(0),
       leftFrameWidth(0), rightFrameWidth(0),
-      topFrameWidth(0), bottomFrameWidth(0),
-      oldFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame | QFrame::Plain)
+      topFrameWidth(0), bottomFrameWidth(0)
 {
 }
 
@@ -333,7 +332,6 @@ void QFrame::setFrameStyle(int style)
     d->frameStyle = (short)style;
     update();
     d->updateFrameWidth();
-    d->oldFrameStyle = (short)style;
 }
 
 /*!
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qframe.h b/src/gui/widgets/qframe.h
index 7bffb59..7b6073b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qframe.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qframe.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qframe_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qframe_p.h
index 4fd341d..b3c33dd 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qframe_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qframe_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-class Q_GUI_EXPORT QFramePrivate : public QWidgetPrivate
+class QFramePrivate : public QWidgetPrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QFrame)
 public:
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ public:
     short       frameWidth;
     short       leftFrameWidth, rightFrameWidth;
     short       topFrameWidth, bottomFrameWidth;
-    short       oldFrameStyle;
 
     inline void init();
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp
index 6a82483..0bfa8c0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -644,15 +644,11 @@ bool QGroupBox::isChecked() const
 void QGroupBox::setChecked(bool b)
 {
     Q_D(QGroupBox);
-    if (d->checkable) {
-        if (d->checked != b)
-            update();
-        bool wasToggled = (b != d->checked);
+    if (d->checkable && b != d->checked) {
+        update();
         d->checked = b;
-        if (wasToggled) {
-            d->_q_setChildrenEnabled(b);
-            emit toggled(b);
-        }
+        d->_q_setChildrenEnabled(b);
+        emit toggled(b);
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.h b/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.h
index 85f1a0d..d3f76e1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp
index 63c1315..0746cb0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -971,6 +971,13 @@ void QLabel::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
 #endif
     if (d->isTextLabel) {
         QRectF lr = d->layoutRect();
+        QStyleOption opt;
+        opt.initFrom(this);
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+        if (QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(style)) {
+            cssStyle->styleSheetPalette(this, &opt, &opt.palette);
+        }
+#endif
         if (d->control) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
             const bool underline = (bool)style->styleHint(QStyle::SH_UnderlineShortcut, 0, this, 0);
@@ -984,11 +991,9 @@ void QLabel::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
             d->ensureTextLayouted();
 
             QAbstractTextDocumentLayout::PaintContext context;
-            QStyleOption opt(0);
-            opt.init(this);
 
             if (!isEnabled() && style->styleHint(QStyle::SH_EtchDisabledText, &opt, this)) {
-                context.palette = palette();
+                context.palette = opt.palette;
                 context.palette.setColor(QPalette::Text, context.palette.light().color());
                 painter.save();
                 painter.translate(lr.x() + 1, lr.y() + 1);
@@ -999,12 +1004,7 @@ void QLabel::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
             }
 
             // Adjust the palette
-            context.palette = palette();
-#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
-            if (QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(style)) {
-                cssStyle->focusPalette(this, &opt, &context.palette);
-            }
-#endif
+            context.palette = opt.palette;
 
             if (foregroundRole() != QPalette::Text && isEnabled())
                 context.palette.setColor(QPalette::Text, context.palette.color(foregroundRole()));
@@ -1019,12 +1019,10 @@ void QLabel::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
             int flags = align;
             if (d->hasShortcut) {
                 flags |= Qt::TextShowMnemonic;
-                QStyleOption opt;
-                opt.initFrom(this);
                 if (!style->styleHint(QStyle::SH_UnderlineShortcut, &opt, this))
                     flags |= Qt::TextHideMnemonic;
             }
-            style->drawItemText(&painter, lr.toRect(), flags, palette(), isEnabled(), d->text, foregroundRole());
+            style->drawItemText(&painter, lr.toRect(), flags, opt.palette, isEnabled(), d->text, foregroundRole());
         }
     } else
 #ifndef QT_NO_PICTURE
@@ -1172,7 +1170,7 @@ void QLabelPrivate::updateShortcut()
         shortcutCursor.deleteChar(); // remove the ampersand
         shortcutCursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::NextCharacter, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
     } else {
-        if (!text.contains(QLatin1String("&")))
+        if (!text.contains(QLatin1Char('&')))
             return;
         hasShortcut = true;
         shortcutId = q->grabShortcut(QKeySequence::mnemonic(text));
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.h b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.h
index 34f397f..b7a7c11 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel_p.h
index 4d83f35..af41904 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
index af80963..09d3309 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber(QWidget *parent)
     Constructs an LCD number, sets the number of digits to \a
     numDigits, the base to decimal, the decimal point mode to 'small'
     and the frame style to a raised box. The segmentStyle() is set to
-    \c Outline.
+    \c Filled.
 
     The \a parent argument is passed to the QFrame constructor.
 
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ void QLCDNumberPrivate::init()
     base       = QLCDNumber::Dec;
     smallPoint = false;
     q->setNumDigits(ndigits);
-    q->setSegmentStyle(QLCDNumber::Outline);
+    q->setSegmentStyle(QLCDNumber::Filled);
     q->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Minimum));
 }
 
@@ -756,6 +756,10 @@ void QLCDNumber::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
     Q_D(QLCDNumber);
     QPainter p(this);
     drawFrame(&p);
+    p.setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing);
+    if (d->shadow)
+        p.translate(0.5, 0.5);
+
     if (d->smallPoint)
         d->drawString(d->digitStr, p, &d->points, false);
     else
@@ -1070,7 +1074,7 @@ void QLCDNumberPrivate::drawSegment(const QPoint &pos, char segmentNo, QPainter
                      q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().constData(), segmentNo);
         }
         // End exact copy
-        p.setPen(fgColor);
+        p.setPen(Qt::NoPen);
         p.setBrush(fgColor);
         p.drawPolygon(a);
         p.setBrush(Qt::NoBrush);
@@ -1218,8 +1222,8 @@ void QLCDNumberPrivate::drawSegment(const QPoint &pos, char segmentNo, QPainter
     \header \i Style \i Result
     \row \i \c Outline
          \i Produces raised segments filled with the background color
-            (this is the default).
     \row \i \c Filled
+            (this is the default).
          \i Produces raised segments filled with the foreground color.
     \row \i \c Flat
          \i Produces flat segments filled with the foreground color.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.h b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.h
index 626c85d..1437427 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
index a95d2f2..4d69a9f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 #include "private/qapplication_p.h"
 #include "private/qshortcutmap_p.h"
 #include "qkeysequence.h"
-#define ACCEL_KEY(k) (!qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.hasShortcutForKeySequence(k) ? QLatin1String("\t") + QString(QKeySequence(k)) : QString())
+#define ACCEL_KEY(k) (!qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.hasShortcutForKeySequence(k) ? QLatin1Char('\t') + QString(QKeySequence(k)) : QString())
 #else
 #define ACCEL_KEY(k) QString()
 #endif
@@ -1555,10 +1555,7 @@ void QLineEditPrivate::copy(bool clipboard) const
     Q_Q(const QLineEdit);
     QString t = q->selectedText();
     if (!t.isEmpty() && echoMode == QLineEdit::Normal) {
-        q->disconnect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), q, 0);
         QApplication::clipboard()->setText(t, clipboard ? QClipboard::Clipboard : QClipboard::Selection);
-        q->connect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
-                   q, SLOT(_q_clipboardChanged()));
     }
 }
 
@@ -2571,7 +2568,7 @@ void QLineEdit::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
     // draw text, selections and cursors
 #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
     if (QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(style())) {
-        cssStyle->focusPalette(this, &panel, &pal);
+        cssStyle->styleSheetPalette(this, &panel, &pal);
     }
 #endif
     p.setPen(pal.text().color());
@@ -2742,11 +2739,11 @@ QMenu *QLineEdit::createStandardContextMenu()
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
     action = popup->addAction(QLineEdit::tr("Cu&t") + ACCEL_KEY(QKeySequence::Cut));
-    action->setEnabled(!d->readOnly && d->hasSelectedText());
+    action->setEnabled(!d->readOnly && d->hasSelectedText() && d->echoMode == QLineEdit::Normal);
     connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered()), SLOT(cut()));
 
     action = popup->addAction(QLineEdit::tr("&Copy") + ACCEL_KEY(QKeySequence::Copy));
-    action->setEnabled(d->hasSelectedText());
+    action->setEnabled(d->hasSelectedText() && d->echoMode == QLineEdit::Normal);
     connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered()), SLOT(copy()));
 
     action = popup->addAction(QLineEdit::tr("&Paste") + ACCEL_KEY(QKeySequence::Paste));
@@ -2802,10 +2799,6 @@ void QLineEdit::changeEvent(QEvent *ev)
     QWidget::changeEvent(ev);
 }
 
-void QLineEditPrivate::_q_clipboardChanged()
-{
-}
-
 void QLineEditPrivate::_q_handleWindowActivate()
 {
     Q_Q(QLineEdit);
@@ -3577,6 +3570,8 @@ void QLineEditPrivate::redo() {
         case RemoveSelection:
         case DeleteSelection:
             text.remove(cmd.pos, 1);
+            selstart = cmd.selStart;
+            selend = cmd.selEnd;
             cursor = cmd.pos;
             break;
         case Separator:
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h
index c0d9892..a97dc9a 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -266,7 +266,6 @@ private:
 #endif
     Q_DISABLE_COPY(QLineEdit)
     Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QLineEdit)
-    Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_clipboardChanged())
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_handleWindowActivate())
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_deleteSelected())
 #ifndef QT_NO_COMPLETER
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.h
index 3db903f..03029f9 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -218,7 +218,6 @@ public:
     void drag();
 #endif
 
-    void _q_clipboardChanged();
     void _q_handleWindowActivate();
     void _q_deleteSelected();
     bool userInput;
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmaccocoaviewcontainer_mac.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmaccocoaviewcontainer_mac.h
index 19763ba..8ca1073 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmaccocoaviewcontainer_mac.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmaccocoaviewcontainer_mac.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmaccocoaviewcontainer_mac.mm b/src/gui/widgets/qmaccocoaviewcontainer_mac.mm
index 380e983..365b056 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmaccocoaviewcontainer_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmaccocoaviewcontainer_mac.mm
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmacnativewidget_mac.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmacnativewidget_mac.h
index d36d74f..5c654b5 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmacnativewidget_mac.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmacnativewidget_mac.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmacnativewidget_mac.mm b/src/gui/widgets/qmacnativewidget_mac.mm
index 0f4edf9..06db9a2 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmacnativewidget_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmacnativewidget_mac.mm
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp
index 394523a..c9706cf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -1433,9 +1433,10 @@ bool QMainWindow::event(QEvent *event)
     \i Toolbar breaks are not respected or preserved
     \i Any custom widgets in the toolbar will not be shown if the toolbar
         becomes too small (only actions will be shown)
-    \i If you call showFullScreen() on the main window, the QToolbar will
-        disappear since it is considered to be part of the title bar. You can
-        work around this by turning off the unified toolbar before you call
+    \i Before Qt 4.5, if you called showFullScreen() on the main window, the QToolbar would
+        disappear since it is considered to be part of the title bar. Qt 4.5 and up will now work around this by pulling
+        the toolbars out and back into the regular toolbar and vice versa when you swap out.
+        However, a good practice would be that turning off the unified toolbar before you call
         showFullScreen() and restoring it after you call showNormal().
     \endlist
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.h
index 9983c7a..9c2fb88 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout.cpp
index eade633..526e7a5 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -490,10 +490,10 @@ void QMainWindowLayoutState::clear()
 #ifndef QT_NO_DOCKWIDGET
     dockAreaLayout.clear();
 #else
-    centralWidgetRect = QRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
+    centralWidgetRect = QRect();
 #endif
 
-    rect = QRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
+    rect = QRect();
 }
 
 bool QMainWindowLayoutState::isValid() const
@@ -1304,30 +1304,15 @@ bool QMainWindowLayout::separatorMove(const QPoint &pos)
     if (movingSeparator.isEmpty())
         return false;
     movingSeparatorPos = pos;
-    separatorMoveTimer->start();
+    separatorMoveTimer.start(0, this);
     return true;
 }
 
-void QMainWindowLayout::doSeparatorMove()
-{
-    if (movingSeparator.isEmpty())
-        return;
-    if (movingSeparatorOrigin == movingSeparatorPos)
-        return;
-
-    layoutState = savedState;
-    layoutState.dockAreaLayout.separatorMove(movingSeparator, movingSeparatorOrigin,
-                                                movingSeparatorPos,
-                                                &separatorMoveCache);
-    movingSeparatorPos = movingSeparatorOrigin;
-}
-
 bool QMainWindowLayout::endSeparatorMove(const QPoint&)
 {
     bool result = !movingSeparator.isEmpty();
     movingSeparator.clear();
     savedState.clear();
-    separatorMoveCache.clear();
     return result;
 }
 
@@ -1687,10 +1672,6 @@ QMainWindowLayout::QMainWindowLayout(QMainWindow *mainwindow)
 #ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR
     sep = mainwindow->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_DockWidgetSeparatorExtent, 0, mainwindow);
 #endif
-    separatorMoveTimer = new QTimer(this);
-    separatorMoveTimer->setSingleShot(true);
-    separatorMoveTimer->setInterval(0);
-    connect(separatorMoveTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(doSeparatorMove()));
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_TABWIDGET
     for (int i = 0; i < QInternal::DockCount; ++i)
@@ -1982,6 +1963,27 @@ bool QMainWindowLayout::usesHIToolBar(QToolBar *toolbar) const
 #endif
 }
 
+void QMainWindowLayout::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *e)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_DOCKWIDGET
+    if (e->timerId() == separatorMoveTimer.timerId()) {
+        //let's move the separators
+        separatorMoveTimer.stop();
+        if (movingSeparator.isEmpty())
+            return;
+        if (movingSeparatorOrigin == movingSeparatorPos)
+            return;
+
+        layoutState = savedState;
+        layoutState.dockAreaLayout.separatorMove(movingSeparator, movingSeparatorOrigin,
+                                                    movingSeparatorPos);
+        movingSeparatorPos = movingSeparatorOrigin;
+    }
+#endif
+    QLayout::timerEvent(e);
+}
+
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 #endif // QT_NO_MAINWINDOW
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout_mac.mm b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout_mac.mm
index c807afb..6632be7 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout_mac.mm
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
@@ -329,18 +329,16 @@ OSStatus QMainWindowLayout::qtmacToolbarDelegate(EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef e
 void QMainWindowLayout::updateHIToolBarStatus()
 {
     bool useMacToolbar = layoutState.mainWindow->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac();
-    if (QSysInfo::MacintoshVersion >= QSysInfo::MV_10_4) {
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-        if (useMacToolbar) {
-            ChangeWindowAttributes(qt_mac_window_for(layoutState.mainWindow),
-                                   kWindowUnifiedTitleAndToolbarAttribute, 0);
-        } else {
-            ChangeWindowAttributes(qt_mac_window_for(layoutState.mainWindow),
-                                   0, kWindowUnifiedTitleAndToolbarAttribute);
-        }
-#endif
-        macWindowToolbarShow(layoutState.mainWindow, useMacToolbar);
+    if (useMacToolbar) {
+        ChangeWindowAttributes(qt_mac_window_for(layoutState.mainWindow),
+                               kWindowUnifiedTitleAndToolbarAttribute, 0);
+    } else {
+        ChangeWindowAttributes(qt_mac_window_for(layoutState.mainWindow),
+                               0, kWindowUnifiedTitleAndToolbarAttribute);
     }
+#endif
+    macWindowToolbarShow(layoutState.mainWindow, useMacToolbar);
 
     layoutState.mainWindow->setUpdatesEnabled(false);  // reduces a little bit of flicker, not all though
     if (!useMacToolbar) {
@@ -502,11 +500,11 @@ void QMainWindowLayout::fixSizeInUnifiedToolbar(QToolBar *tb) const
         QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
         QWidgetItem layoutItem(tb);
         QSize size = layoutItem.maximumSize();
-        NSSize nssize = NSMakeSize(size.width(), size.height());
+        NSSize nssize = NSMakeSize(size.width(), size.height() - 2);
         [item setMaxSize:nssize];
         size = layoutItem.minimumSize();
         nssize.width = size.width();
-        nssize.height = size.height();
+        nssize.height = size.height() - 2;
         [item setMinSize:nssize];
     }
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout_p.h
index 1159aac..26f8633 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -61,6 +61,7 @@
 #include "QtGui/qtabbar.h"
 #include "QtCore/qvector.h"
 #include "QtCore/qset.h"
+#include "QtCore/qbasictimer.h"
 #include "private/qlayoutengine_p.h"
 
 #include "qdockarealayout_p.h"
@@ -165,6 +166,8 @@ public:
     void setDockOptions(QMainWindow::DockOptions opts);
     bool usesHIToolBar(QToolBar *toolbar) const;
 
+    void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *e);
+
     // status bar
 
     QLayoutItem *statusbar;
@@ -243,8 +246,7 @@ public:
 
     QList<int> movingSeparator;
     QPoint movingSeparatorOrigin, movingSeparatorPos;
-    QTimer *separatorMoveTimer;
-    QVector<QLayoutStruct> separatorMoveCache;
+    QBasicTimer separatorMoveTimer;
 
     bool startSeparatorMove(const QPoint &pos);
     bool separatorMove(const QPoint &pos);
@@ -298,7 +300,6 @@ private slots:
     void animationFinished(QWidget *widget);
     void allAnimationsFinished();
 #ifndef QT_NO_DOCKWIDGET
-    void doSeparatorMove();
 #ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR
     void tabChanged();
 #endif
@@ -341,34 +342,4 @@ QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 #endif // QT_NO_MAINWINDOW
 
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-static inline int pick(Qt::Orientation o, const QPoint &pos)
-{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? pos.x() : pos.y(); }
-
-static inline int pick(Qt::Orientation o, const QSize &size)
-{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? size.width() : size.height(); }
-
-static inline int &rpick(Qt::Orientation o, QPoint &pos)
-{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? pos.rx() : pos.ry(); }
-
-static inline int &rpick(Qt::Orientation o, QSize &size)
-{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? size.rwidth() : size.rheight(); }
-
-static inline QSizePolicy::Policy pick(Qt::Orientation o, const QSizePolicy &policy)
-{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? policy.horizontalPolicy() : policy.verticalPolicy(); }
-
-static inline int perp(Qt::Orientation o, const QPoint &pos)
-{ return o == Qt::Vertical ? pos.x() : pos.y(); }
-
-static inline int perp(Qt::Orientation o, const QSize &size)
-{ return o == Qt::Vertical ? size.width() : size.height(); }
-
-static inline int &rperp(Qt::Orientation o, QPoint &pos)
-{ return o == Qt::Vertical ? pos.rx() : pos.ry(); }
-
-static inline int &rperp(Qt::Orientation o, QSize &size)
-{ return o == Qt::Vertical ? size.rwidth() : size.rheight(); }
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
 #endif // QDYNAMICMAINWINDOWLAYOUT_P_H
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp
index 6acd977..763c214 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -800,12 +800,12 @@ void QMdiAreaPrivate::appendChild(QMdiSubWindow *child)
     Q_Q(QMdiArea);
     Q_ASSERT(child && childWindows.indexOf(child) == -1);
 
-    if (child->parent() != q->viewport())
-        child->setParent(q->viewport(), child->windowFlags());
+    if (child->parent() != viewport)
+        child->setParent(viewport, child->windowFlags());
     childWindows.append(QPointer<QMdiSubWindow>(child));
 
     if (!child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized) && q->isVisible()) {
-        QSize newSize(child->sizeHint().boundedTo(q->viewport()->size()));
+        QSize newSize(child->sizeHint().boundedTo(viewport->size()));
         child->resize(newSize.expandedTo(qSmartMinSize(child)));
     }
 
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ void QMdiAreaPrivate::rearrange(Rearranger *rearranger)
             widgets.move(indexToActive, 0);
     }
 
-    QRect domain = q->viewport()->rect();
+    QRect domain = viewport->rect();
     if (rearranger->type() == Rearranger::RegularTiler && !widgets.isEmpty())
         domain = resizeToMinimumTileSize(minSubWindowSize, widgets.count());
 
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ void QMdiAreaPrivate::internalRaise(QMdiSubWindow *mdiChild) const
 
     QMdiSubWindow *stackUnderChild = 0;
     if (!windowStaysOnTop(mdiChild)) {
-        foreach (QObject *object, q_func()->viewport()->children()) {
+        foreach (QObject *object, viewport->children()) {
             QMdiSubWindow *child = qobject_cast<QMdiSubWindow *>(object);
             if (!child || !childWindows.contains(child))
                 continue;
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ QRect QMdiAreaPrivate::resizeToMinimumTileSize(const QSize &minSubWindowSize, in
 {
     Q_Q(QMdiArea);
     if (!minSubWindowSize.isValid() || subWindowCount <= 0)
-        return q->viewport()->rect();
+        return viewport->rect();
 
     // Calculate minimum size.
     const int columns = qMax(qCeil(qSqrt(qreal(subWindowCount))), 1);
@@ -1255,10 +1255,10 @@ QRect QMdiAreaPrivate::resizeToMinimumTileSize(const QSize &minSubWindowSize, in
         // We don't want sub-subwindows to be placed at the edge, thus add 2 pixels.
         int minAreaWidth = minWidth + left + right + 2;
         int minAreaHeight = minHeight + top + bottom + 2;
-        if (q->horizontalScrollBar()->isVisible())
-            minAreaHeight += q->horizontalScrollBar()->height();
-        if (q->verticalScrollBar()->isVisible())
-            minAreaWidth += q->verticalScrollBar()->width();
+        if (hbar->isVisible())
+            minAreaHeight += hbar->height();
+        if (vbar->isVisible())
+            minAreaWidth += vbar->width();
         if (q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ScrollView_FrameOnlyAroundContents, 0, q)) {
             const int frame = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_DefaultFrameWidth, 0, q);
             minAreaWidth += 2 * frame;
@@ -1268,23 +1268,23 @@ QRect QMdiAreaPrivate::resizeToMinimumTileSize(const QSize &minSubWindowSize, in
         topLevel->resize(topLevel->size() + diff);
     }
 
-    QRect domain = q->viewport()->rect();
+    QRect domain = viewport->rect();
 
     // Adjust domain width and provide horizontal scroll bar.
     if (domain.width() < minWidth) {
         domain.setWidth(minWidth);
-        if (q->horizontalScrollBarPolicy() == Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff)
+        if (hbarpolicy == Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff)
             q->setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAsNeeded);
-        else if (q->horizontalScrollBar()->value() != 0)
-            q->horizontalScrollBar()->setValue(0);
+        else
+            hbar->setValue(0);
     }
     // Adjust domain height and provide vertical scroll bar.
     if (domain.height() < minHeight) {
         domain.setHeight(minHeight);
-        if (q->verticalScrollBarPolicy() == Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff)
+        if (vbarpolicy  == Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff)
             q->setVerticalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAsNeeded);
-        else if (q->verticalScrollBar()->value() != 0)
-            q->verticalScrollBar()->setValue(0);
+        else
+            vbar->setValue(0);
     }
     return domain;
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.h
index 8448c81..9f1014e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea_p.h
index 645f0cc..306ba5f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp
index 6bf7633..25bc724 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::removeBaseWidget()
 
     Q_Q(QMdiSubWindow);
     baseWidget->removeEventFilter(q);
-    if (QLayout *layout = q->layout())
+    if (layout)
         layout->removeWidget(baseWidget);
     if (baseWidget->windowTitle() == q->windowTitle()) {
         ignoreWindowTitleChange = true;
@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::updateCursor()
 void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::updateDirtyRegions()
 {
     // No update necessary
-    if (!q_func()->parent())
+    if (!parent)
         return;
 
     foreach (Operation operation, operationMap.keys())
@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::updateDirtyRegions()
 void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::updateGeometryConstraints()
 {
     Q_Q(QMdiSubWindow);
-    if (!q->parent())
+    if (!parent)
         return;
 
     internalMinimumSize = (!q->isMinimized() && !q->minimumSize().isNull())
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::updateMask()
     if (!q->mask().isEmpty())
         q->clearMask();
 
-    if (!q->parent())
+    if (!parent)
         return;
 
     if ((q->isMaximized() && !drawTitleBarWhenMaximized())
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setNewGeometry(const QPoint &pos)
 {
     Q_Q(QMdiSubWindow);
     Q_ASSERT(currentOperation != None);
-    Q_ASSERT(q->parent());
+    Q_ASSERT(parent);
 
     uint cflags = operationMap.find(currentOperation).value().changeFlags;
     int posX = pos.x();
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setNewGeometry(const QPoint &pos)
 void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setMinimizeMode()
 {
     Q_Q(QMdiSubWindow);
-    Q_ASSERT(q->parent());
+    Q_ASSERT(parent);
 
     ensureWindowState(Qt::WindowMinimized);
     isShadeRequestFromMinimizeMode = true;
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setMinimizeMode()
 void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setNormalMode()
 {
     Q_Q(QMdiSubWindow);
-    Q_ASSERT(q->parent());
+    Q_ASSERT(parent);
 
     isShadeMode = false;
     isMaximizeMode = false;
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setNormalMode()
 void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setMaximizeMode()
 {
     Q_Q(QMdiSubWindow);
-    Q_ASSERT(q->parent());
+    Q_ASSERT(parent);
 
     ensureWindowState(Qt::WindowMaximized);
     isShadeMode = false;
@@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setMaximizeMode()
 void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setActive(bool activate, bool changeFocus)
 {
     Q_Q(QMdiSubWindow);
-    if (!q->parent() || !activationEnabled)
+    if (!parent || !activationEnabled)
         return;
 
     if (activate && !isActive && q->isEnabled()) {
@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::ensureWindowState(Qt::WindowState state)
 int QMdiSubWindowPrivate::titleBarHeight(const QStyleOptionTitleBar &options) const
 {
     Q_Q(const QMdiSubWindow);
-    if (!q->parent() || q->windowFlags() & Qt::FramelessWindowHint
+    if (!parent || q->windowFlags() & Qt::FramelessWindowHint
         || (q->isMaximized() && !drawTitleBarWhenMaximized())) {
         return 0;
     }
@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::sizeParameters(int *margin, int *minWidth) const
 {
     Q_Q(const QMdiSubWindow);
     Qt::WindowFlags flags = q->windowFlags();
-    if (!q->parent() || flags & Qt::FramelessWindowHint) {
+    if (!parent || flags & Qt::FramelessWindowHint) {
         *margin = 0;
         *minWidth = 0;
         return;
@@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ bool QMdiSubWindowPrivate::drawTitleBarWhenMaximized() const
     if (isChildOfTabbedQMdiArea(q))
         return false;
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && !defined(QT_NO_STYLE_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE_WM)
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && !defined(QT_NO_STYLE_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_WINCE_WM)
     return true;
 #else
     if (q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Workspace_FillSpaceOnMaximize, 0, q))
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::enterRubberBandMode()
     if (q->isMaximized())
         return;
     Q_ASSERT(oldGeometry.isValid());
-    Q_ASSERT(q->parent());
+    Q_ASSERT(parent);
     if (!rubberBand) {
         rubberBand = new QRubberBand(QRubberBand::Rectangle, q->parentWidget());
         // For accessibility to identify this special widget.
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::restoreFocus()
 void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags windowFlags)
 {
     Q_Q(QMdiSubWindow);
-    if (!q->parent()) {
+    if (!parent) {
         q->setWindowFlags(windowFlags);
         return;
     }
@@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::addToSystemMenu(WindowStateAction action, const QStri
 QSize QMdiSubWindowPrivate::iconSize() const
 {
     Q_Q(const QMdiSubWindow);
-    if (!q->parent() || q->windowFlags() & Qt::FramelessWindowHint)
+    if (!parent || q->windowFlags() & Qt::FramelessWindowHint)
         return QSize(-1, -1);
     return QSize(q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MdiSubWindowMinimizedWidth, 0, q), titleBarHeight());
 }
@@ -2180,17 +2180,17 @@ void QMdiSubWindowPrivate::setSizeGrip(QSizeGrip *newSizeGrip)
     if (!newSizeGrip || sizeGrip || q->windowFlags() & Qt::FramelessWindowHint)
         return;
 
-    if (q->layout() && q->layout()->indexOf(newSizeGrip) != -1)
+    if (layout && layout->indexOf(newSizeGrip) != -1)
         return;
     newSizeGrip->setFixedSize(newSizeGrip->sizeHint());
-    bool putSizeGripInLayout = q->layout() ? true : false;
+    bool putSizeGripInLayout = layout ? true : false;
 #if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && !defined(QT_NO_STYLE_MAC)
     if (qobject_cast<QMacStyle *>(q->style()))
         putSizeGripInLayout = false;
 #endif
     if (putSizeGripInLayout) {
-        q->layout()->addWidget(newSizeGrip);
-        q->layout()->setAlignment(newSizeGrip, Qt::AlignBottom | Qt::AlignRight);
+        layout->addWidget(newSizeGrip);
+        layout->setAlignment(newSizeGrip, Qt::AlignBottom | Qt::AlignRight);
     } else {
         newSizeGrip->setParent(q);
         newSizeGrip->move(q->isLeftToRight() ? q->width() - newSizeGrip->width() : 0,
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.h
index 3dcb1bb..924cc9a 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow_p.h
index 2e672d6..f291327 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ public:
     inline int titleBarHeight() const
     {
         Q_Q(const QMdiSubWindow);
-        if (!q->parent() || q->windowFlags() & Qt::FramelessWindowHint
+        if (!parent || q->windowFlags() & Qt::FramelessWindowHint
             || (q->isMaximized() && !drawTitleBarWhenMaximized())) {
             return 0;
         }
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ public:
     inline void setNewGeometry(QRect *geometry)
     {
         Q_Q(QMdiSubWindow);
-        Q_ASSERT(q->parent());
+        Q_ASSERT(parent);
         geometry->setSize(geometry->size().expandedTo(internalMinimumSize));
 #ifndef QT_NO_RUBBERBAND
         if (isInRubberBandMode)
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
index 6d4dcf2..079a3b5 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -151,7 +151,6 @@ private:
 void QMenuPrivate::init()
 {
     Q_Q(QMenu);
-    activationRecursionGuard = false;
 #ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
     q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_CustomWhatsThis);
 #endif
@@ -195,57 +194,76 @@ QList<QPointer<QWidget> > QMenuPrivate::calcCausedStack() const
     return ret;
 }
 
-void QMenuPrivate::calcActionRects(QMap<QAction*, QRect> &actionRects, QList<QAction*> &actionList) const
+void QMenuPrivate::updateActionRects() const
 {
     Q_Q(const QMenu);
-    if (!itemsDirty) {
-        actionRects = this->actionRects;
-        actionList = this->actionList;
+    if (!itemsDirty)
         return;
+
+    //let's reinitialize the buffer
+    actionRects.resize(actions.count());
+    actionRects.fill(QRect());
+
+    //let's try to get the last visible action
+    int lastVisibleAction = actions.count() - 1;
+    for(;lastVisibleAction >= 0; --lastVisibleAction) {
+        const QAction *action = actions.at(lastVisibleAction);
+        if (action->isVisible()) {
+            //removing trailing separators
+            if (action->isSeparator() && collapsibleSeparators)
+                continue;
+            break;
+        }
     }
 
-    actionRects.clear();
-    actionList.clear();
-    QList<QAction*> items = filterActions(q->actions());
     int max_column_width = 0,
         dh = popupGeometry(QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(q)).height(),
-        ncols = 1,
         y = 0;
-    const int hmargin = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuHMargin, 0, q),
-              vmargin = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuVMargin, 0, q),
-              icone = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SmallIconSize, 0, q);
+    QStyle *style = q->style();
+    const int hmargin = style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuHMargin, 0, q),
+              vmargin = style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuVMargin, 0, q),
+              icone = style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SmallIconSize, 0, q);
 
     //for compatability now - will have to refactor this away..
     tabWidth = 0;
     maxIconWidth = 0;
     hasCheckableItems = false;
-    for(int i = 0; i < items.count(); i++) {
-        QAction *action = items.at(i);
-        if (widgetItems.value(action))
+    ncols = 1;
+    sloppyAction = 0;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < actions.count(); ++i) {
+        QAction *action = actions.at(i);
+        if (action->isSeparator() || !action->isVisible() || widgetItems.at(i))
             continue;
+        //..and some members
         hasCheckableItems |= action->isCheckable();
         QIcon is = action->icon();
         if (!is.isNull()) {
-            uint miw = maxIconWidth;
-            maxIconWidth = qMax<uint>(miw, icone + 4);
+            maxIconWidth = qMax<uint>(maxIconWidth, icone + 4);
         }
     }
 
     //calculate size
     QFontMetrics qfm = q->fontMetrics();
-    for(int i = 0; i < items.count(); i++) {
-        QAction *action = items.at(i);
+    bool previousWasSeparator = true; // this is true to allow removing the leading separators
+    for(int i = 0; i <= lastVisibleAction; i++) {
+        QAction *action = actions.at(i);
 
-        QFontMetrics fm(action->font().resolve(q->font()));
-        QSize sz;
+        if (!action->isVisible() ||
+            (collapsibleSeparators && previousWasSeparator && action->isSeparator()))
+            continue; // we continue, this action will get an empty QRect
+        
+        previousWasSeparator = action->isSeparator();
 
         //let the style modify the above size..
         QStyleOptionMenuItem opt;
         q->initStyleOption(&opt, action);
         opt.rect = q->rect();
+        const QFontMetrics &fm = opt.fontMetrics;
 
-        if (QWidget *w = widgetItems.value(action)) {
-          sz=w->sizeHint().expandedTo(w->minimumSize()).expandedTo(w->minimumSizeHint()).boundedTo(w->maximumSize());
+        QSize sz;
+        if (QWidget *w = widgetItems.at(i)) {
+          sz = w->sizeHint().expandedTo(w->minimumSize()).expandedTo(w->minimumSizeHint()).boundedTo(w->maximumSize());
         } else {
             //calc what I think the size is..
             if (action->isSeparator()) {
@@ -276,7 +294,7 @@ void QMenuPrivate::calcActionRects(QMap<QAction*, QRect> &actionRects, QList<QAc
                         sz.setHeight(is_sz.height());
                 }
             }
-          sz = q->style()->sizeFromContents(QStyle::CT_MenuItem, &opt, sz, q);
+            sz = style->sizeFromContents(QStyle::CT_MenuItem, &opt, sz, q);
         }
 
 
@@ -284,124 +302,67 @@ void QMenuPrivate::calcActionRects(QMap<QAction*, QRect> &actionRects, QList<QAc
             max_column_width = qMax(max_column_width, sz.width());
             //wrapping
             if (!scroll &&
-               y+sz.height()+vmargin > dh - (q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuDesktopFrameWidth, 0, q) * 2)) {
+               y+sz.height()+vmargin > dh - (style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuDesktopFrameWidth, 0, q) * 2)) {
                 ncols++;
                 y = vmargin;
             }
             y += sz.height();
-            //append item
-            actionRects.insert(action, QRect(0, 0, sz.width(), sz.height()));
-            actionList.append(action);
+            //update the item
+            actionRects[i] = QRect(0, 0, sz.width(), sz.height());
         }
     }
 
-    if (tabWidth)
-        max_column_width += tabWidth; //finally add in the tab width
+    max_column_width += tabWidth; //finally add in the tab width
 
     //calculate position
-    int x = hmargin;
-    y = vmargin;
-
-    for(int i = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-        QAction *action = actionList.at(i);
-        QRect &rect = actionRects[action];
+    const int fw = style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuPanelWidth, 0, q);
+    const int base_y = vmargin + fw + topmargin +
+        (scroll ? scroll->scrollOffset : 0) +
+        (tearoff ? style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuTearoffHeight, 0, q) : 0);
+    int x = hmargin + fw + leftmargin;
+    y = base_y;
+
+    for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) {
+        QRect &rect = actionRects[i];
         if (rect.isNull())
             continue;
         if (!scroll &&
-           y+rect.height() > dh - (q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuDesktopFrameWidth, 0, q) * 2)) {
-            ncols--;
-            if (ncols < 0)
-                qWarning("QMenu: Column calculation mismatch (%d)", ncols);
+           y+rect.height() > dh - (style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuDesktopFrameWidth, 0, q) * 2)) {
             x += max_column_width + hmargin;
-            y = vmargin;
+            y = base_y;
         }
         rect.translate(x, y);                        //move
         rect.setWidth(max_column_width); //uniform width
-        y += rect.height();
-    }
-}
 
-void QMenuPrivate::updateActions()
-{
-    Q_Q(const QMenu);
-    if (!itemsDirty)
-        return;
-    sloppyAction = 0;
-    calcActionRects(actionRects, actionList);
-    for (QHash<QAction *, QWidget *>::ConstIterator item = widgetItems.constBegin(),
-         end = widgetItems.constEnd(); item != end; ++item) {
-        QAction *action = item.key();
-        QWidget *widget = item.value();
-        widget->setGeometry(actionRect(action));
-        widget->setVisible(action->isVisible());
-    }
-    ncols = 1;
-    int last_left = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuVMargin, 0, q);
-    if (!scroll) {
-        for(int i = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-            int left = actionRects.value(actionList.at(i)).left();
-            if (left > last_left) {
-                last_left = left;
-                ncols++;
-            }
+        //we need to update the widgets geometry
+        if (QWidget *widget = widgetItems.at(i)) {
+            widget->setGeometry(rect);
+            widget->setVisible(actions.at(i)->isVisible());
         }
+
+        y += rect.height();
     }
     itemsDirty = 0;
 }
 
-QList<QAction *> QMenuPrivate::filterActions(const QList<QAction *> &actions) const
+QRect QMenuPrivate::actionRect(QAction *act) const
 {
-    QList<QAction *> visibleActions;
-    int i = 0;
-    while (i < actions.count()) {
-        QAction *action = actions.at(i);
-        if (!action->isVisible()) {
-            ++i;
-            continue;
-        }
-        if (!action->isSeparator() || !collapsibleSeparators) {
-            visibleActions.append(action);
-            ++i;
-            continue;
-        }
+    int index = actions.indexOf(act);
+    if (index == -1)
+        return QRect();
 
-        // no leading separators
-        if (!visibleActions.isEmpty())
-            visibleActions.append(action);
+    updateActionRects();
 
-        // skip double/tripple/etc. separators
-        while (i < actions.count()
-               && (!actions.at(i)->isVisible() || actions.at(i)->isSeparator()))
-            ++i;
-    }
-
-    if (collapsibleSeparators) {
-        // remove trailing separators
-        while (!visibleActions.isEmpty() && visibleActions.last()->isSeparator())
-            visibleActions.removeLast();
-    }
-
-    return visibleActions;
+    //we found the action
+    return actionRects.at(index);
 }
 
-QRect QMenuPrivate::actionRect(QAction *act) const
-{
-    Q_Q(const QMenu);
-    QRect ret = actionRects.value(act);
-    if (ret.isNull())
-        return ret;
-    if (scroll)
-        ret.translate(0, scroll->scrollOffset);
-    if (tearoff)
-        ret.translate(0, q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuTearoffHeight, 0, q));
-    const int fw = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuPanelWidth, 0, q);
-    ret.translate(fw+leftmargin, fw+topmargin);
-    return ret;
-}
+static const qreal MenuFadeTimeInSec = 0.150;
 
 void QMenuPrivate::hideUpToMenuBar()
 {
     Q_Q(QMenu);
+    bool fadeMenus = q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_FadeOutOnHide);
     if (!tornoff) {
         QWidget *caused = causedPopup.widget;
         hideMenu(q); //hide after getting causedPopup
@@ -416,8 +377,9 @@ void QMenuPrivate::hideUpToMenuBar()
             if (QMenu *m = qobject_cast<QMenu*>(caused)) {
                 caused = m->d_func()->causedPopup.widget;
                 if (!m->d_func()->tornoff)
-                    hideMenu(m);
-                m->d_func()->setCurrentAction(0);
+                    hideMenu(m, fadeMenus);
+                if (!fadeMenus) // Mac doesn't clear the action until after hidden.
+                    m->d_func()->setCurrentAction(0);
             } else {
 #ifndef QT_NO_TOOLBUTTON
                 if (qobject_cast<QToolButton*>(caused) == 0)
@@ -426,26 +388,32 @@ void QMenuPrivate::hideUpToMenuBar()
                 caused = 0;
             }
         }
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+        if (fadeMenus) {
+            QEventLoop eventLoop;
+            QTimer::singleShot(int(MenuFadeTimeInSec * 1000), &eventLoop, SLOT(quit()));
+            QMacWindowFader::currentFader()->performFade();
+            eventLoop.exec();
+        }
+#endif
     }
     setCurrentAction(0);
 }
 
-void QMenuPrivate::hideMenu(QMenu *menu)
+void QMenuPrivate::hideMenu(QMenu *menu, bool justRegister)
 {
     if (!menu)
         return;
-
 #if !defined(QT_NO_EFFECTS)
     menu->blockSignals(true);
     aboutToHide = true;
     // Flash item which is about to trigger (if any).
     if (menu->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_FlashTriggeredItem)
-        && currentAction && currentAction == actionAboutToTrigger) {
-
+        && currentAction && currentAction == actionAboutToTrigger
+        && menu->actions().contains(currentAction)) {
         QEventLoop eventLoop;
         QAction *activeAction = currentAction;
 
-        // Deselect and wait 60 ms.
         menu->setActiveAction(0);
         QTimer::singleShot(60, &eventLoop, SLOT(quit()));
         eventLoop.exec();
@@ -459,22 +427,24 @@ void QMenuPrivate::hideMenu(QMenu *menu)
     // Fade out.
     if (menu->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_FadeOutOnHide)) {
         // ### Qt 4.4:
-        // Should be something like: q->transitionWindow(Qt::FadeOutTransition, 150);
+        // Should be something like: q->transitionWindow(Qt::FadeOutTransition, MenuFadeTimeInSec);
         // Hopefully we'll integrate qt/research/windowtransitions into main before 4.4.
         // Talk to Richard, Trenton or Bjoern.
 #if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
-		macWindowFade(qt_mac_window_for(menu));		// FIXME - what is the default duration for view animations
+        if (justRegister) {
+            QMacWindowFader::currentFader()->setFadeDuration(MenuFadeTimeInSec);
+            QMacWindowFader::currentFader()->registerWindowToFade(menu);
+        } else {
+            macWindowFade(qt_mac_window_for(menu), MenuFadeTimeInSec);
+        }
 
-        // Wait for the transition to complete.
-		QEventLoop eventLoop;
-        QTimer::singleShot(150, &eventLoop, SLOT(quit()));
-        eventLoop.exec();
 #endif // Q_WS_MAC
     }
     aboutToHide = false;
     menu->blockSignals(false);
 #endif // QT_NO_EFFECTS
-    menu->hide();
+    if (!justRegister)
+        menu->hide();
 }
 
 void QMenuPrivate::popupAction(QAction *action, int delay, bool activateFirst)
@@ -515,10 +485,13 @@ void QMenuPrivate::setFirstActionActive()
 {
     Q_Q(QMenu);
     const int scrollerHeight = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuScrollerHeight, 0, q);
-    for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-        QAction *act = actionList[i];
+    for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) {
+        QAction *act = actions.at(i);
+        const QRect &rect = actionRects.at(i);
+        if (rect.isNull())
+            continue;
         if (scroll && scroll->scrollFlags & QMenuScroller::ScrollUp) {
-            saccum -= actionRects.value(act).height();
+            saccum -= rect.height();
             if (saccum > scroll->scrollOffset-scrollerHeight)
                 continue;
         }
@@ -536,10 +509,12 @@ void QMenuPrivate::setCurrentAction(QAction *action, int popup, SelectionReason
 {
     Q_Q(QMenu);
     tearoffHighlighted = 0;
-    if (action == currentAction && !(action && action->menu() && action->menu() != activeMenu)) {
-        if(QMenu *menu = qobject_cast<QMenu*>(causedPopup.widget)) {
-            if(causedPopup.action && menu->d_func()->activeMenu == q)
-                menu->d_func()->setCurrentAction(causedPopup.action, 0, reason, false);
+    if (action == currentAction) {
+        if (!action || !action->menu() || action->menu() == activeMenu) {
+            if(QMenu *menu = qobject_cast<QMenu*>(causedPopup.widget)) {
+                if(causedPopup.action && menu->d_func()->activeMenu == q)
+                    menu->d_func()->setCurrentAction(causedPopup.action, 0, reason, false);
+            }
         }
         return;
     }
@@ -554,7 +529,7 @@ void QMenuPrivate::setCurrentAction(QAction *action, int popup, SelectionReason
     QAction *previousAction = currentAction;
 #endif
 #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
-    emitHighlighted = (action && action != currentAction);
+    emitHighlighted = action;
 #endif
     currentAction = action;
     if (action) {
@@ -569,9 +544,10 @@ void QMenuPrivate::setCurrentAction(QAction *action, int popup, SelectionReason
                     popupAction(currentAction, popup, activateFirst);
             }
             q->update(actionRect(action));
-            QWidget *widget = widgetItems.value(action);
 
             if (reason == SelectedFromKeyboard) {
+                const int actionIndex = actions.indexOf(action);
+                QWidget *widget = widgetItems.at(actionIndex);
                 if (widget) {
                     if (widget->focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus)
                         widget->setFocus(Qt::TabFocusReason);
@@ -621,10 +597,9 @@ QAction *QMenuPrivate::actionAt(QPoint p) const
     if (!q_func()->rect().contains(p))     //sanity check
        return 0;
 
-    for(int i = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-        QAction *act = actionList[i];
-        if (actionRect(act).contains(p))
-            return act;
+    for(int i = 0; i < actionRects.count(); i++) {
+        if (actionRects.at(i).contains(p))
+            return actions.at(i);
     }
     return 0;
 }
@@ -706,18 +681,18 @@ void QMenuPrivate::scrollMenu(QAction *action, QMenuScroller::ScrollLocation loc
     const int fw = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuPanelWidth, 0, q);
 
     if (location == QMenuScroller::ScrollTop) {
-        for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-            QAction *act = actionList.at(i);
+        for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) {
+            QAction *act = actions.at(i);
             if (act == action) {
                 newOffset = topScroll - saccum;
                 break;
             }
-            saccum += actionRects.value(act).height();
+            saccum += actionRects.at(i).height();
         }
     } else {
-        for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-            QAction *act = actionList.at(i);
-            saccum += actionRects.value(act).height();
+        for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) {
+            QAction *act = actions.at(i);
+            saccum += actionRects.at(i).height();
             if (act == action) {
                 if (location == QMenuScroller::ScrollCenter)
                     newOffset = ((q->height() / 2) - botScroll) - (saccum - topScroll);
@@ -727,7 +702,7 @@ void QMenuPrivate::scrollMenu(QAction *action, QMenuScroller::ScrollLocation loc
             }
         }
         if(newOffset)
-            newOffset -= fw*2;
+            newOffset -= fw * 2;
     }
 
     //figure out which scroll flags
@@ -735,8 +710,8 @@ void QMenuPrivate::scrollMenu(QAction *action, QMenuScroller::ScrollLocation loc
     if (newOffset < 0) //easy and cheap one
         newScrollFlags |= QMenuScroller::ScrollUp;
     int saccum = newOffset;
-    for(int i = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-        saccum += actionRects.value(actionList.at(i)).height();
+    for(int i = 0; i < actionRects.count(); i++) {
+        saccum += actionRects.at(i).height();
         if (saccum > q->height()) {
             newScrollFlags |= QMenuScroller::ScrollDown;
             break;
@@ -801,8 +776,10 @@ void QMenuPrivate::scrollMenu(QMenuScroller::ScrollLocation location, bool activ
 {
     Q_Q(QMenu);
     if(location == QMenuScroller::ScrollBottom) {
-        for(int i = actionList.size()-1; i >= 0; --i) {
-            QAction *act = actionList.at(i);
+        for(int i = actions.size()-1; i >= 0; --i) {
+            QAction *act = actions.at(i);
+            if (actionRects.at(i).isNull())
+                continue;
             if (!act->isSeparator() &&
                 (q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_AllowActiveAndDisabled, 0, q)
                  || act->isEnabled())) {
@@ -814,8 +791,10 @@ void QMenuPrivate::scrollMenu(QMenuScroller::ScrollLocation location, bool activ
             }
         }
     } else if(location == QMenuScroller::ScrollTop) {
-        for(int i = 0; i < actionList.size(); ++i) {
-            QAction *act = actionList.at(i);
+        for(int i = 0; i < actions.size(); ++i) {
+            QAction *act = actions.at(i);
+            if (actionRects.at(i).isNull())
+                continue;
             if (!act->isSeparator() &&
                 (q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_AllowActiveAndDisabled, 0, q)
                  || act->isEnabled())) {
@@ -842,31 +821,26 @@ void QMenuPrivate::scrollMenu(QMenuScroller::ScrollDirection direction, bool pag
     const int fw = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuPanelWidth, 0, q);
     const int offset = topScroll ? topScroll-vmargin : 0;
     if (direction == QMenuScroller::ScrollUp) {
-        for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-            QAction *act = actionList.at(i);
-            const int iHeight = actionRects.value(act).height();
-            saccum -= iHeight;
+        for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) {
+            saccum -= actionRects.at(i).height();
             if (saccum <= scroll->scrollOffset-offset) {
-                scrollMenu(act, page ? QMenuScroller::ScrollBottom : QMenuScroller::ScrollTop, active);
+                scrollMenu(actions.at(i), page ? QMenuScroller::ScrollBottom : QMenuScroller::ScrollTop, active);
                 break;
             }
         }
     } else if (direction == QMenuScroller::ScrollDown) {
         bool scrolled = false;
-        for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-            QAction *act = actionList.at(i);
-            const int iHeight = actionRects.value(act).height();
+        for(int i = 0, saccum = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) {
+            const int iHeight = actionRects.at(i).height();
             saccum -= iHeight;
             if (saccum <= scroll->scrollOffset-offset) {
                 const int scrollerArea = q->height() - botScroll - fw*2;
                 int visible = (scroll->scrollOffset-offset) - saccum;
-                for(i++ ; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-                    act = actionList.at(i);
-                    const int iHeight = actionRects.value(act).height();
-                    visible += iHeight;
+                for(i++ ; i < actions.count(); i++) {
+                    visible += actionRects.at(i).height();
                     if (visible > scrollerArea - topScroll) {
                         scrolled = true;
-                        scrollMenu(act, page ? QMenuScroller::ScrollTop : QMenuScroller::ScrollBottom, active);
+                        scrollMenu(actions.at(i), page ? QMenuScroller::ScrollTop : QMenuScroller::ScrollBottom, active);
                         break;
                     }
                 }
@@ -1041,7 +1015,7 @@ void QMenuPrivate::activateAction(QAction *action, QAction::ActionEvent action_e
         if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)) {
             hideUpToMenuBar();
         } else {
-            for(QWidget *widget = qApp->activePopupWidget(); widget; ) {
+            for(QWidget *widget = QApplication::activePopupWidget(); widget; ) {
                 if (QMenu *qmenu = qobject_cast<QMenu*>(widget)) {
                     if(qmenu == q)
                         hideUpToMenuBar();
@@ -1171,7 +1145,8 @@ void QMenu::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionMenuItem *option, const QAction *action)
     else
         option->palette.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Disabled);
 
-    option->font = action->font();
+    option->font = action->font().resolve(font());
+    option->fontMetrics = QFontMetrics(option->font);
 
     if (d->currentAction && d->currentAction == action && !d->currentAction->isSeparator()) {
         option->state |= QStyle::State_Selected
@@ -1366,14 +1341,13 @@ QMenu::QMenu(QMenuPrivate &dd, QWidget *parent)
 QMenu::~QMenu()
 {
     Q_D(QMenu);
-    for (QHash<QAction *, QWidget *>::ConstIterator item = d->widgetItems.constBegin(),
-         end = d->widgetItems.constEnd(); item != end; ++item) {
-        QWidgetAction *action = static_cast<QWidgetAction *>(item.key());
-        QWidget *widget = item.value();
-        if (action && widget)
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->widgetItems.count(); ++i) {
+        if (QWidget *widget = d->widgetItems.at(i)) {
+            QWidgetAction *action = static_cast<QWidgetAction *>(d->actions.at(i));
             action->releaseWidget(widget);
+            d->widgetItems[i] = 0;
+        }
     }
-    d->widgetItems.clear();
 
     if (d->eventLoop)
         d->eventLoop->exit();
@@ -1725,35 +1699,36 @@ QSize QMenu::sizeHint() const
 {
     Q_D(const QMenu);
     ensurePolished();
-    QMap<QAction*, QRect> actionRects;
-    QList<QAction*> actionList;
-    d->calcActionRects(actionRects, actionList);
+    d->updateActionRects();
 
     QSize s;
     QStyleOption opt(0);
     opt.rect = rect();
     opt.palette = palette();
     opt.state = QStyle::State_None;
-    for (QMap<QAction*, QRect>::const_iterator i = actionRects.constBegin();
-         i != actionRects.constEnd(); ++i) {
-        if (i.value().bottom() > s.height())
-            s.setHeight(i.value().y()+i.value().height());
-        if (i.value().right() > s.width())
-            s.setWidth(i.value().right());
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->actionRects.count(); ++i) {
+        const QRect &rect = d->actionRects.at(i);
+        if (rect.isNull())
+            continue;
+        if (rect.bottom() >= s.height())
+            s.setHeight(rect.y() + rect.height());
+        if (rect.right() >= s.width())
+            s.setWidth(rect.x() + rect.width());
     }
     if (d->tearoff)
         s.rheight() += style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuTearoffHeight, &opt, this);
-    if (const int fw = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuPanelWidth, &opt, this)) {
-        s.rwidth() += fw*2;
-        s.rheight() += fw*2;
-    }
     // Note that the action rects calculated above already include
     // the top and left margins, so we only need to add margins for
     // the bottom and right.
+    if (const int fw = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuPanelWidth, &opt, this)) {
+        s.rwidth() += fw;
+        s.rheight() += fw;
+    }
+
     s.rwidth() += style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuHMargin, &opt, this);
     s.rheight() += style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuVMargin, &opt, this);
 
-    s += QSize(d->leftmargin + d->rightmargin, d->topmargin + d->bottommargin);
+    s += QSize(d->rightmargin, d->bottommargin);
 
     return style()->sizeFromContents(QStyle::CT_Menu, &opt,
                                     s.expandedTo(QApplication::globalStrut()), this);
@@ -1795,7 +1770,7 @@ void QMenu::popup(const QPoint &p, QAction *atAction)
 
     ensurePolished(); // Get the right font
     emit aboutToShow();
-    d->updateActions();
+    d->updateActionRects();
     QPoint pos = p;
     QSize size = sizeHint();
     QRect screen = d->popupGeometry(QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(p));
@@ -1808,7 +1783,7 @@ void QMenu::popup(const QPoint &p, QAction *atAction)
             atAction = d->defaultAction;
             // TODO: This works for first level menus, not yet sub menus
         } else {
-            foreach (QAction *action, d->actionList)
+            foreach (QAction *action, d->actions)
                 if (action->isEnabled()) {
                     atAction = action;
                     break;
@@ -1820,10 +1795,10 @@ void QMenu::popup(const QPoint &p, QAction *atAction)
     if (d->ncols > 1) {
         pos.setY(screen.top()+desktopFrame);
     } else if (atAction) {
-        for(int i=0, above_height=0; i<(int)d->actionList.count(); i++) {
-            QAction *action = d->actionList.at(i);
+        for(int i = 0, above_height = 0; i < d->actions.count(); i++) {
+            QAction *action = d->actions.at(i);
             if (action == atAction) {
-                int newY = pos.y()-above_height;
+                int newY = pos.y() - above_height;
                 if (d->scroll && newY < desktopFrame) {
                     d->scroll->scrollFlags = d->scroll->scrollFlags
                                              | QMenuPrivate::QMenuScroller::ScrollUp;
@@ -1835,13 +1810,13 @@ void QMenu::popup(const QPoint &p, QAction *atAction)
                 if (d->scroll && d->scroll->scrollFlags != QMenuPrivate::QMenuScroller::ScrollNone
                     && !style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_FillScreenWithScroll, 0, this)) {
                     int below_height = above_height + d->scroll->scrollOffset;
-                    for(int i2 = i; i2 < (int)d->actionList.count(); i2++)
-                        below_height += d->actionRects.value(d->actionList.at(i2)).height();
+                    for(int i2 = i; i2 < d->actionRects.count(); i2++)
+                        below_height += d->actionRects.at(i2).height();
                     size.setHeight(below_height);
                 }
                 break;
             } else {
-                above_height += d->actionRects.value(action).height();
+                above_height += d->actionRects.at(i).height();
             }
         }
     }
@@ -1852,7 +1827,7 @@ void QMenu::popup(const QPoint &p, QAction *atAction)
 
     if (adjustToDesktop) {
         //handle popup falling "off screen"
-        if (qApp->layoutDirection() == Qt::RightToLeft) {
+        if (QApplication::layoutDirection() == Qt::RightToLeft) {
             if(snapToMouse) //position flowing left from the mouse
                 pos.setX(mouse.x()-size.width());
 
@@ -1890,9 +1865,9 @@ void QMenu::popup(const QPoint &p, QAction *atAction)
     }
     setGeometry(QRect(pos, size));
 #ifndef QT_NO_EFFECTS
-    int hGuess = qApp->layoutDirection() == Qt::RightToLeft ? QEffects::LeftScroll : QEffects::RightScroll;
+    int hGuess = QApplication::layoutDirection() == Qt::RightToLeft ? QEffects::LeftScroll : QEffects::RightScroll;
     int vGuess = QEffects::DownScroll;
-    if (qApp->layoutDirection() == Qt::RightToLeft) {
+    if (QApplication::layoutDirection() == Qt::RightToLeft) {
         if ((snapToMouse && (pos.x() + size.width()/2 > mouse.x())) ||
            (qobject_cast<QMenu*>(d->causedPopup.widget) && pos.x() + size.width()/2 > d->causedPopup.widget->x()))
             hGuess = QEffects::RightScroll;
@@ -2051,8 +2026,7 @@ QAction *QMenu::exec(const QPoint &p, QAction *action)
 QAction *QMenu::exec(QList<QAction*> actions, const QPoint &pos, QAction *at, QWidget *parent)
 {
     QMenu menu(parent);
-    for(QList<QAction*>::ConstIterator it = actions.constBegin(); it != actions.constEnd(); ++it)
-        menu.addAction((*it));
+    menu.addActions(actions);
     return menu.exec(pos, at);
 }
 
@@ -2122,11 +2096,11 @@ void QMenu::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
     style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_PanelMenu, &menuOpt, &p, this);
 
     //draw the items that need updating..
-    for (int i = 0; i < d->actionList.count(); ++i) {
-        QAction *action = d->actionList.at(i);
-        QRect adjustedActionRect = d->actionRect(action);
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->actions.count(); ++i) {
+        QAction *action = d->actions.at(i);
+        QRect adjustedActionRect = d->actionRects.at(i);
         if (!e->rect().intersects(adjustedActionRect)
-            || d->widgetItems.value(action))
+            || d->widgetItems.at(i))
            continue;
         //set the clip region to be extra safe (and adjust for the scrollers)
         QRegion adjustedActionReg(adjustedActionRect);
@@ -2275,7 +2249,7 @@ void QMenu::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
                     break;
                 }
             }
-            if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton || (e->button() == Qt::RightButton && isContextMenu))
+            if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton || isContextMenu)
 #endif
                 d->activateAction(action, QAction::Trigger);
         }
@@ -2356,11 +2330,11 @@ QMenu::event(QEvent *e)
             setMask(menuMask.region);
         }
         d->itemsDirty = 1;
-        d->updateActions();
+        d->updateActionRects();
         break; }
     case QEvent::Show:
         d->mouseDown = 0;
-        d->updateActions();
+        d->updateActionRects();
         if (d->currentAction)
             d->popupAction(d->currentAction, 0, false);
         break;
@@ -2447,8 +2421,10 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
         QMenuPrivate::QMenuScroller::ScrollLocation scroll_loc = QMenuPrivate::QMenuScroller::ScrollStay;
         if (!d->currentAction) {
             if(key == Qt::Key_Down) {
-                for(int i = 0; i < d->actionList.size(); ++i) {
-                    QAction *act = d->actionList.at(i);
+                for(int i = 0; i < d->actions.count(); ++i) {
+                    QAction *act = d->actions.at(i);
+                    if (d->actionRects.at(i).isNull())
+                        continue;
                     if (!act->isSeparator() &&
                         (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_AllowActiveAndDisabled, 0, this)
                          || act->isEnabled())) {
@@ -2457,8 +2433,10 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                     }
                 }
             } else {
-                for(int i = d->actionList.size()-1; i >= 0; --i) {
-                    QAction *act = d->actionList.at(i);
+                for(int i = d->actions.count()-1; i >= 0; --i) {
+                    QAction *act = d->actions.at(i);
+                    if (d->actionRects.at(i).isNull())
+                        continue;
                     if (!act->isSeparator() &&
                         (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_AllowActiveAndDisabled, 0, this)
                          || act->isEnabled())) {
@@ -2468,8 +2446,8 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                 }
             }
         } else {
-            for(int i=0, y=0; !nextAction && i < (int)d->actionList.count(); i++) {
-                QAction *act = d->actionList.at(i);
+            for(int i = 0, y = 0; !nextAction && i < d->actions.count(); i++) {
+                QAction *act = d->actions.at(i);
                 if (act == d->currentAction) {
                     if (key == Qt::Key_Up) {
                         for(int next_i = i-1; true; next_i--) {
@@ -2478,11 +2456,13 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                                     break;
                                 if (d->scroll)
                                     scroll_loc = QMenuPrivate::QMenuScroller::ScrollBottom;
-                                next_i = d->actionList.count()-1;
+                                next_i = d->actionRects.count()-1;
                             }
-                            QAction *next = d->actionList.at(next_i);
+                            QAction *next = d->actions.at(next_i);
                             if (next == d->currentAction)
                                 break;
+                            if (d->actionRects.at(next_i).isNull())
+                                continue;
                             if (next->isSeparator() ||
                                (!next->isEnabled() &&
                                 !style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_AllowActiveAndDisabled, 0, this)))
@@ -2492,7 +2472,7 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                                 int topVisible = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuScrollerHeight, 0, this);
                                 if (d->tearoff)
                                     topVisible += style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuTearoffHeight, 0, this);
-                                if (((y + d->scroll->scrollOffset) - topVisible) <= d->actionRects.value(nextAction).height())
+                                if (((y + d->scroll->scrollOffset) - topVisible) <= d->actionRects.at(next_i).height())
                                     scroll_loc = QMenuPrivate::QMenuScroller::ScrollTop;
                             }
                             break;
@@ -2500,18 +2480,20 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                         if (!nextAction && d->tearoff)
                             d->tearoffHighlighted = 1;
                     } else {
-                        y += d->actionRects.value(act).height();
+                        y += d->actionRects.at(i).height();
                         for(int next_i = i+1; true; next_i++) {
-                            if (next_i == d->actionList.count()) {
+                            if (next_i == d->actionRects.count()) {
                                 if(!style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_SelectionWrap, 0, this))
                                     break;
                                 if (d->scroll)
                                     scroll_loc = QMenuPrivate::QMenuScroller::ScrollTop;
                                 next_i = 0;
                             }
-                            QAction *next = d->actionList.at(next_i);
+                            QAction *next = d->actions.at(next_i);
                             if (next == d->currentAction)
                                 break;
+                            if (d->actionRects.at(next_i).isNull())
+                                continue;
                             if (next->isSeparator() ||
                                (!next->isEnabled() &&
                                 !style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_AllowActiveAndDisabled, 0, this)))
@@ -2524,7 +2506,7 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                                     bottomVisible -= scrollerHeight;
                                 if (d->tearoff)
                                     bottomVisible -= style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuTearoffHeight, 0, this);
-                                if ((y + d->scroll->scrollOffset + d->actionRects.value(nextAction).height()) > bottomVisible)
+                                if ((y + d->scroll->scrollOffset + d->actionRects.at(next_i).height()) > bottomVisible)
                                     scroll_loc = QMenuPrivate::QMenuScroller::ScrollBottom;
                             }
                             break;
@@ -2532,7 +2514,7 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                     }
                     break;
                 }
-                y += d->actionRects.value(act).height();
+                y += d->actionRects.at(i).height();
             }
         }
         if (nextAction) {
@@ -2587,7 +2569,7 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
         {
             d->hideMenu(this);
 #ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
-            if (QMenuBar *mb = qobject_cast<QMenuBar*>(qApp->focusWidget())) {
+            if (QMenuBar *mb = qobject_cast<QMenuBar*>(QApplication::focusWidget())) {
                 mb->d_func()->setKeyboardMode(false);
             }
 #endif
@@ -2661,9 +2643,11 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                 int best_match_count = 0;
                 d->searchBufferTimer.start(2000, this);
                 d->searchBuffer += e->text();
-                for(int i = 0; i < d->actionList.size(); ++i) {
+                for(int i = 0; i < d->actions.size(); ++i) {
                     int match_count = 0;
-                    register QAction *act = d->actionList.at(i);
+                    if (d->actionRects.at(i).isNull())
+                        continue;
+                    QAction *act = d->actions.at(i);
                     const QString act_text = act->text();
                     for(int c = 0; c < d->searchBuffer.size(); ++c) {
                         if(act_text.indexOf(d->searchBuffer.at(c), 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive) != -1)
@@ -2680,8 +2664,10 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                 int clashCount = 0;
                 QAction *first = 0, *currentSelected = 0, *firstAfterCurrent = 0;
                 QChar c = e->text().at(0).toUpper();
-                for(int i = 0; i < d->actionList.size(); ++i) {
-                    register QAction *act = d->actionList.at(i);
+                for(int i = 0; i < d->actions.size(); ++i) {
+                    if (d->actionRects.at(i).isNull())
+                        continue;
+                    QAction *act = d->actions.at(i);
                     QKeySequence sequence = QKeySequence::mnemonic(act->text());
                     int key = sequence[0] & 0xffff;
                     if (key == c.unicode()) {
@@ -2732,7 +2718,7 @@ void QMenu::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
         if (key_consumed && (e->key() == Qt::Key_Control || e->key() == Qt::Key_Shift || e->key() == Qt::Key_Meta))
-            qApp->beep();
+            QApplication::beep();
 #endif // Q_OS_WIN32
     }
     if (key_consumed)
@@ -2752,14 +2738,14 @@ void QMenu::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
     d->motions++;
     if (d->motions == 0) // ignore first mouse move event (see enterEvent())
         return;
-    d->hasHadMouse |= rect().contains(e->pos());
+    d->hasHadMouse = d->hasHadMouse || rect().contains(e->pos());
 
     QAction *action = d->actionAt(e->pos());
     if (!action) {
         if (d->hasHadMouse && !rect().contains(e->pos()))
             d->setCurrentAction(0);
         return;
-    } else if(e->buttons() & (Qt::LeftButton | Qt::RightButton)) {
+    } else if(e->buttons()) {
         d->mouseDown = this;
     }
     if (d->sloppyRegion.contains(e->pos())) {
@@ -2826,31 +2812,25 @@ void QMenu::actionEvent(QActionEvent *e)
             connect(e->action(), SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(_q_actionTriggered()));
             connect(e->action(), SIGNAL(hovered()), this, SLOT(_q_actionHovered()));
         }
+        QWidget *widget = 0;
+        if (QWidgetAction *wa = qobject_cast<QWidgetAction *>(e->action()))
+            widget = wa->requestWidget(this);
+
+        int index = d->actions.indexOf(e->action());
+        Q_ASSERT(index != -1);
+        d->widgetItems.insert(index, widget);
 
-        if (QWidgetAction *wa = qobject_cast<QWidgetAction *>(e->action())) {
-            QWidget *widget = wa->requestWidget(this);
-            if (widget)
-                d->widgetItems.insert(wa, widget);
-        }
     } else if (e->type() == QEvent::ActionRemoved) {
-        d->actionRects.clear();
-        d->actionList.clear();
         e->action()->disconnect(this);
         if (e->action() == d->currentAction)
             d->currentAction = 0;
+        int index = d->actions.indexOf(e->before()) + 1;
         if (QWidgetAction *wa = qobject_cast<QWidgetAction *>(e->action())) {
-            QWidget *widget = d->widgetItems.take(wa);
-            if (widget)
+            if (QWidget *widget = d->widgetItems.at(index))
                 wa->releaseWidget(widget);
-        } else {
-            // If this is called from the QAction destructor, the
-            // previous call to qobject_cast will fail because the
-            // QWidgetAction has been destroyed already. We need to
-            // remove it from the hash anyway or it might crash later
-            // the widget itself has been already destroyed in
-            // ~QWidgetAction
-            d->widgetItems.remove(e->action());
         }
+        Q_ASSERT(index != -1);
+        d->widgetItems.removeAt(index);
     }
 
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
@@ -2864,7 +2844,7 @@ void QMenu::actionEvent(QActionEvent *e)
     }
 #endif
 
-#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE) && !defined(QT_NO_MENUBAR)
+#if defined(Q_WS_WINCE) && !defined(QT_NO_MENUBAR)
     if (!d->wce_menu)
         d->wce_menu = new QMenuPrivate::QWceMenuPrivate;
     if (e->type() == QEvent::ActionAdded)
@@ -2886,7 +2866,7 @@ void QMenu::actionEvent(QActionEvent *e)
         d->symbian_menu->syncAction(e->action());
 #endif
     if (isVisible()) {
-        d->updateActions();
+        d->updateActionRects();
 	resize(sizeHint());
         update();
     }
@@ -3067,7 +3047,7 @@ void QMenu::setSeparatorsCollapsible(bool collapse)
     d->collapsibleSeparators = collapse;
     d->itemsDirty = 1;
     if (isVisible()) {
-        d->updateActions();
+        d->updateActionRects();
         update();
     }
 }
@@ -3126,9 +3106,9 @@ int QMenu::insertSeparator(int index)
 
 QAction *QMenu::findActionForId(int id) const
 {
-    QList<QAction *> list = actions();
-    for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
-        QAction *act = list.at(i);
+    Q_D(const QMenu);
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->actions.size(); ++i) {
+        QAction *act = d->actions.at(i);
         if (findIdForAction(act)== id)
             return act;
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.h
index bf1c39f..117e272 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ public:
     OSMenuRef macMenu(OSMenuRef merge=0);
 #endif
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     HMENU wceMenu(bool create = false);
 #endif
 
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ protected:
     bool focusNextPrevChild(bool next);
     void initStyleOption(QStyleOptionMenuItem *option, const QAction *action) const;
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     QAction* wceCommands(uint command);
 #endif
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm
index 2560cfa..77e98c4 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -71,7 +71,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 /*****************************************************************************
   QMenu globals
  *****************************************************************************/
-bool qt_mac_no_native_menubar = false;
 bool qt_mac_no_menubar_merge = false;
 bool qt_mac_quit_menu_item_enabled = true;
 int qt_mac_menus_open_count = 0;
@@ -143,6 +142,39 @@ static int qt_mac_CountMenuItems(OSMenuRef menu)
     return 0;
 }
 
+static quint32 constructModifierMask(quint32 accel_key)
+{
+    quint32 ret = 0;
+    const bool dontSwap = qApp->testAttribute(Qt::AA_MacDontSwapCtrlAndMeta);
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+    if ((accel_key & Qt::ALT) == Qt::ALT)
+        ret |= kMenuOptionModifier;
+    if ((accel_key & Qt::SHIFT) == Qt::SHIFT)
+        ret |= kMenuShiftModifier;
+    if (dontSwap) {
+        if ((accel_key & Qt::META) != Qt::META)
+            ret |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
+        if ((accel_key & Qt::CTRL) == Qt::CTRL)
+            ret |= kMenuControlModifier;
+    } else {
+        if ((accel_key & Qt::CTRL) != Qt::CTRL)
+            ret |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
+        if ((accel_key & Qt::META) == Qt::META)
+            ret |= kMenuControlModifier;
+    }
+#else
+    if ((accel_key & Qt::CTRL) == Qt::CTRL)
+        ret |= (dontSwap ? NSControlKeyMask : NSCommandKeyMask);
+    if ((accel_key & Qt::META) == Qt::META)
+        ret |= (dontSwap ? NSCommandKeyMask : NSControlKeyMask);
+    if ((accel_key & Qt::ALT) == Qt::ALT)
+        ret |= NSAlternateKeyMask;
+    if ((accel_key & Qt::SHIFT) == Qt::SHIFT)
+        ret |= NSShiftKeyMask;
+#endif
+    return ret;
+}
+
 static bool actualMenuItemVisibility(const QMenuBarPrivate::QMacMenuBarPrivate *mbp,
                                      const QMacMenuAction *action)
 {
@@ -166,7 +198,7 @@ bool qt_mac_activate_action(MenuRef menu, uint command, QAction::ActionEvent act
         QMenuMergeList *list = 0;
         GetMenuItemProperty(menu, 0, kMenuCreatorQt, kMenuPropertyMergeList,
                             sizeof(list), 0, &list);
-        if (!list && qt_mac_current_menubar.qmenubar) {
+        if (!list && qt_mac_current_menubar.qmenubar && qt_mac_current_menubar.qmenubar->isNativeMenuBar()) {
             MenuRef apple_menu = qt_mac_current_menubar.qmenubar->d_func()->mac_menubar->apple_menu;
             GetMenuItemProperty(apple_menu, 0, kMenuCreatorQt, kMenuPropertyMergeList, sizeof(list), 0, &list);
             if (list)
@@ -526,15 +558,7 @@ static bool qt_mac_auto_apple_menu(MenuCommand cmd)
 
 static void qt_mac_get_accel(quint32 accel_key, quint32 *modif, quint32 *key) {
     if (modif) {
-        *modif = 0;
-        if ((accel_key & Qt::CTRL) != Qt::CTRL)
-            *modif |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
-        if ((accel_key & Qt::META) == Qt::META)
-            *modif |= kMenuControlModifier;
-        if ((accel_key & Qt::ALT) == Qt::ALT)
-            *modif |= kMenuOptionModifier;
-        if ((accel_key & Qt::SHIFT) == Qt::SHIFT)
-            *modif |= kMenuShiftModifier;
+        *modif = constructModifierMask(accel_key);
     }
 
     accel_key &= ~(Qt::MODIFIER_MASK | Qt::UNICODE_ACCEL);
@@ -599,7 +623,7 @@ static inline QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaMenuLoader) *getMenuLoader()
 static NSMenuItem *createNSMenuItem(const QString &title)
 {
     NSMenuItem *item = [[NSMenuItem alloc] 
-                         initWithTitle:reinterpret_cast<const NSString *>(static_cast<CFStringRef>(QCFString(title)))
+                         initWithTitle:qt_mac_QStringToNSString(title)
                          action:@selector(qtDispatcherToQAction:) keyEquivalent:@""];
     [item setTarget:getMenuLoader()];
     return item;
@@ -728,6 +752,18 @@ QMacMenuAction::~QMacMenuAction()
 {
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
     [menu release];
+    if (action) {
+        QAction::MenuRole role = action->menuRole();
+        // Check if the item is owned by Qt, and should be hidden to keep it from causing
+        // problems. Do it for everything but the quit menu item since that should always
+        // be visible.
+        if (role > QAction::ApplicationSpecificRole && role < QAction::QuitRole) {
+            [menuItem setHidden:YES];
+        } else if (role == QAction::TextHeuristicRole
+                   && menuItem != [getMenuLoader() quitMenuItem]) {
+            [menuItem setHidden:YES];
+        }
+    }
     [menuItem setTag:nil];
     [menuItem release];
 #endif
@@ -915,27 +951,28 @@ static QKeySequence qt_mac_menu_merge_accel(QMacMenuAction *action)
         ret = action->action->shortcut();
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
     else if (action->command == kHICommandPreferences)
-        ret = QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL+Qt::Key_Comma);
+        ret = QKeySequence(QKeySequence::Preferences);
     else if (action->command == kHICommandQuit)
-        ret = QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL+Qt::Key_Q);
+        ret = QKeySequence(QKeySequence::Quit);
 #else
     else if (action->menuItem == [loader preferencesMenuItem])
-        ret = QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL+Qt::Key_Comma);
+        ret = QKeySequence(QKeySequence::Preferences);
     else if (action->menuItem == [loader quitMenuItem])
-        ret = QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL+Qt::Key_Q);
+        ret = QKeySequence(QKeySequence::Quit);
 #endif
     return ret;
 }
 
 void Q_GUI_EXPORT qt_mac_set_menubar_icons(bool b)
 { QApplication::instance()->setAttribute(Qt::AA_DontShowIconsInMenus, !b); }
-void Q_GUI_EXPORT qt_mac_set_native_menubar(bool b) { qt_mac_no_native_menubar = !b; }
+void Q_GUI_EXPORT qt_mac_set_native_menubar(bool b)
+{  QApplication::instance()->setAttribute(Qt::AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar, !b); }
 void Q_GUI_EXPORT qt_mac_set_menubar_merge(bool b) { qt_mac_no_menubar_merge = !b; }
 
 /*****************************************************************************
   QMenu bindings
  *****************************************************************************/
-QMenuPrivate::QMacMenuPrivate::QMacMenuPrivate() : menu(0)
+QMenuPrivate::QMacMenuPrivate::QMacMenuPrivate(QMenuPrivate *menu) : menu(0), qmenu(menu)
 {
 }
 
@@ -1143,7 +1180,7 @@ QMenuPrivate::QMacMenuPrivate::addAction(QMacMenuAction *action, QMacMenuAction
 #endif
         }
 
-        QWidget *widget = qmenu ? qmenu->widgetItems.value(action->action) : 0;
+        QWidget *widget = qmenu ? qmenu->widgetItems.value(qmenu->actions.indexOf(action->action)) : 0;
         if (widget) {
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
             ChangeMenuAttributes(action->menu, kMenuAttrDoNotCacheImage, 0);
@@ -1206,58 +1243,21 @@ QMenuPrivate::QMacMenuPrivate::addAction(QMacMenuAction *action, QMacMenuAction
 NSString *keySequenceToKeyEqivalent(const QKeySequence &accel)
 {
     quint32 accel_key = (accel[0] & ~(Qt::MODIFIER_MASK | Qt::UNICODE_ACCEL));
-    unichar keyEquiv[1] = { 0 };
-    if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Return)
-        keyEquiv[0] = kReturnCharCode;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Enter)
-        keyEquiv[0] = kEnterCharCode;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Tab)
-        keyEquiv[0] = kTabCharCode;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Backspace)
-        keyEquiv[0] = kBackspaceCharCode;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Delete)
-        keyEquiv[0] = NSDeleteFunctionKey;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Escape)
-        keyEquiv[0] = kEscapeCharCode;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_PageUp)
-        keyEquiv[0] = NSPageUpFunctionKey;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_PageDown)
-        keyEquiv[0] = NSPageDownFunctionKey;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Up)
-        keyEquiv[0] = NSUpArrowFunctionKey;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Down)
-        keyEquiv[0] = NSDownArrowFunctionKey;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Left)
-        keyEquiv[0] = NSLeftArrowFunctionKey;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Right)
-        keyEquiv[0] = NSRightArrowFunctionKey;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_CapsLock)
-        keyEquiv[0] = kMenuCapsLockGlyph;  // ### Cocoa has no equivalent
-    else if (accel_key >= Qt::Key_F1 && accel_key <= Qt::Key_F15)
-        keyEquiv[0] = (accel_key - Qt::Key_F1) + NSF1FunctionKey;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_Home)
-        keyEquiv[0] = NSHomeFunctionKey;
-    else if (accel_key == Qt::Key_End)
-        keyEquiv[0] = NSEndFunctionKey;
-    else
-        keyEquiv[0] = unichar(QChar(accel_key).toLower().unicode());
-    return [NSString stringWithCharacters:keyEquiv length:1];
+    extern QChar qt_macSymbolForQtKey(int key); // qkeysequence.cpp
+    QChar keyEquiv = qt_macSymbolForQtKey(accel_key);
+    if (keyEquiv.isNull()) {
+        if (accel_key >= Qt::Key_F1 && accel_key <= Qt::Key_F15)
+            keyEquiv = (accel_key - Qt::Key_F1) + NSF1FunctionKey;
+        else
+            keyEquiv = unichar(QChar(accel_key).toLower().unicode());
+    }
+    return [NSString stringWithCharacters:&keyEquiv.unicode() length:1];
 }
 
 // return the cocoa modifier mask for the QKeySequence (currently only looks at the first one).
 NSUInteger keySequenceModifierMask(const QKeySequence &accel)
 {
-    NSUInteger ret = 0;
-    quint32 accel_key = accel[0];
-    if ((accel_key & Qt::CTRL) == Qt::CTRL)
-        ret |= NSCommandKeyMask;
-    if ((accel_key & Qt::META) == Qt::META)
-        ret |= NSControlKeyMask;
-    if ((accel_key & Qt::ALT) == Qt::ALT)
-        ret |= NSAlternateKeyMask;
-    if ((accel_key & Qt::SHIFT) == Qt::SHIFT)
-        ret |= NSShiftKeyMask;
-    return ret;
+    return constructModifierMask(accel[0]);
 }
 
 void
@@ -1300,22 +1300,61 @@ QMenuPrivate::QMacMenuPrivate::syncAction(QMacMenuAction *action)
 #else
     int itemIndex = [menu indexOfItem:item];
     Q_ASSERT(itemIndex != -1);
-    if (action->action->isSeparator()) {
+
+    // Separator handling: Menu items and separators can be added to a QMenu in
+    // any order (for example, add all the separators first and then "fill inn" 
+    // the menu items). Create NSMenuItem seperatorItems for the Qt separators, 
+    // and make sure that there are no double separators and no seprators 
+    // at the top or bottom of the menu.
+    bool itemIsSeparator = action->action->isSeparator();
+    bool previousItemIsSeparator = false;
+    if (itemIndex > 0) {
+        if ([[menu itemAtIndex : itemIndex - 1] isSeparatorItem])
+            previousItemIsSeparator = true;
+    }
+    bool nexItemIsSeparator = false;
+    if (itemIndex > 0 && itemIndex < [menu numberOfItems] -1) {
+        if ([[menu itemAtIndex : itemIndex + 1] isSeparatorItem])
+            nexItemIsSeparator = true;
+    }
+    bool itemIsAtBottomOfMenu = (itemIndex == [menu numberOfItems]  - 1);
+    bool itemIsAtTopOfMenu = (itemIndex == 0);
+        
+
+    if (itemIsSeparator) {
+        // Create separators items for actions that are now separators
         action->menuItem = [NSMenuItem separatorItem];
         [action->menuItem retain];
+
+        // Hide duplicate/top/bottom separators.
+        if (qmenu->collapsibleSeparators && (previousItemIsSeparator || itemIsAtBottomOfMenu || itemIsAtTopOfMenu)) {
+            [action->menuItem setHidden : true];
+        }
+
         [menu insertItem: action->menuItem atIndex:itemIndex];
         [menu removeItem:item];
         [item release];
         item = action->menuItem;
         return;
-    } else if ([item isSeparatorItem]) {
-        // I'm no longer a separator...
-        action->menuItem = createNSMenuItem(action->action->text());
-        [menu insertItem:action->menuItem atIndex:itemIndex];
-        [menu removeItem:item];
-        [item release];
-        item = action->menuItem;
+    } else {
+        // Create standard menu items for actions that are no longer separators
+        if ([item isSeparatorItem]) {
+            action->menuItem = createNSMenuItem(action->action->text());
+            [menu insertItem:action->menuItem atIndex:itemIndex];
+            [menu removeItem:item];
+            [item release];
+            item = action->menuItem;
+        }
+
+        // Show separators that should now be visible since a non-separator
+        // item (the current item) was added.
+        if (previousItemIsSeparator) {
+            [[menu itemAtIndex : itemIndex - 1] setHidden : false];
+        } else if (itemIsAtTopOfMenu && nexItemIsSeparator) {
+            [[menu itemAtIndex : itemIndex + 1] setHidden : false];
+        }
     }
+
 #endif
 
     //find text (and accel)
@@ -1379,18 +1418,18 @@ QMenuPrivate::QMacMenuPrivate::syncAction(QMacMenuAction *action)
     // Cocoa Font and title
     if (action->action->font().resolve()) {
         const QFont &actionFont = action->action->font();
-        NSFont *customMenuFont = [NSFont fontWithName:reinterpret_cast<const NSString *>(static_cast<CFStringRef>(QCFString(actionFont.family())))
+        NSFont *customMenuFont = [NSFont fontWithName:qt_mac_QStringToNSString(actionFont.family())
                                   size:actionFont.pointSize()];
         NSArray *keys = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:NSFontAttributeName, nil];
         NSArray *objects = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:customMenuFont, nil];
         NSDictionary *attributes = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjects:objects forKeys:keys];
-        NSAttributedString *str = [[[NSAttributedString alloc] initWithString:reinterpret_cast<const NSString *>(static_cast<CFStringRef>(QCFString(finalString)))
+        NSAttributedString *str = [[[NSAttributedString alloc] initWithString:qt_mac_QStringToNSString(finalString)
                                  attributes:attributes] autorelease];
        [item setAttributedTitle: str];
     } else {
-        [item setTitle: reinterpret_cast<const NSString *>(static_cast<CFStringRef>(QCFString(finalString)))];
+        [item setTitle: qt_mac_QStringToNSString(finalString)];
     }
-    [item setTitle:reinterpret_cast<const NSString *>(static_cast<CFStringRef>(QCFString(qt_mac_removeMnemonics(text))))];
+    [item setTitle:qt_mac_QStringToNSString(qt_mac_removeMnemonics(text))];
 
     // Cocoa Enabled
     [item setEnabled: action->action->isEnabled()];
@@ -1499,7 +1538,7 @@ QMenuPrivate::macMenu(OSMenuRef merge)
     if (mac_menu && mac_menu->menu)
         return mac_menu->menu;
     if (!mac_menu)
-        mac_menu = new QMacMenuPrivate;
+        mac_menu = new QMacMenuPrivate(this);
     mac_menu->menu = qt_mac_create_menu(q);
     if (merge) {
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
@@ -1699,7 +1738,7 @@ QMenuBarPrivate::QMacMenuBarPrivate::syncAction(QMacMenuAction *action)
             ChangeMenuAttributes(submenu, kMenuAttrHidden, 0);
 #else
         [item setSubmenu: submenu];
-        [submenu setTitle:reinterpret_cast<const NSString *>(static_cast<CFStringRef>(QCFString(qt_mac_removeMnemonics(action->action->text()))))];
+        [submenu setTitle:qt_mac_QStringToNSString(qt_mac_removeMnemonics(action->action->text()))];
         syncNSMenuItemVisiblity(item, visible);
 #endif
         if (release_submenu) { //no pointers to it
@@ -1733,9 +1772,14 @@ QMenuBarPrivate::macCreateMenuBar(QWidget *parent)
 {
     Q_Q(QMenuBar);
     static int checkEnv = -1;
+    // We call the isNativeMenuBar function here
+    // becasue that will make sure that local overrides
+    // are dealt with correctly.
+    bool qt_mac_no_native_menubar = !q->isNativeMenuBar();
     if (qt_mac_no_native_menubar == false && checkEnv < 0) {
         checkEnv = !qgetenv("QT_MAC_NO_NATIVE_MENUBAR").isEmpty();
-        qt_mac_no_native_menubar = checkEnv;
+        QApplication::instance()->setAttribute(Qt::AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar, checkEnv);
+        qt_mac_no_native_menubar = !q->isNativeMenuBar();
     }
     if (!qt_mac_no_native_menubar) {
         extern void qt_event_request_menubarupdate(); //qapplication_mac.cpp
@@ -1770,7 +1814,7 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::macDestroyMenuBar()
 OSMenuRef QMenuBarPrivate::macMenu()
 {
     Q_Q(QMenuBar);
-    if (!mac_menubar) {
+    if (!q->isNativeMenuBar() || !mac_menubar) {
         return 0;
     } else if (!mac_menubar->menu) {
         mac_menubar->menu = qt_mac_create_menu(q);
@@ -1786,7 +1830,7 @@ OSMenuRef QMenuBarPrivate::macMenu()
                 SetMenuItemHierarchicalMenu(mac_menubar->menu, index, mac_menubar->apple_menu);
                 SetMenuItemProperty(mac_menubar->apple_menu, 0, kMenuCreatorQt, kMenuPropertyQWidget, sizeof(q), &q);
 #else
-                [mac_menubar->apple_menu setTitle:reinterpret_cast<const NSString *>(static_cast<CFStringRef>(QCFString(QString(QChar(0x14)))))];
+                [mac_menubar->apple_menu setTitle:qt_mac_QStringToNSString(QString(QChar(0x14)))];
                 NSMenuItem *apple_menuItem = [[NSMenuItem alloc] init];
                 [apple_menuItem setSubmenu:mac_menubar->menu];
                 [mac_menubar->apple_menu addItem:apple_menuItem];
@@ -1829,6 +1873,9 @@ OSMenuRef QMenuBar::macMenu() { return d_func()->macMenu(); }
 */
 static bool qt_mac_is_ancestor(QWidget* possibleAncestor, QWidget *child)
 {
+    if (!possibleAncestor)
+        return false;
+
     QWidget * current = child->parentWidget();
     while (current != 0) {
         if (current == possibleAncestor)
@@ -1847,22 +1894,19 @@ static bool qt_mac_should_disable_menu(QMenuBar *menuBar, QWidget *modalWidget)
 {
     if (modalWidget == 0 || menuBar == 0)
         return false;
-    const Qt::WindowModality modality = modalWidget->windowModality();
-    if (modality == Qt::ApplicationModal) {
-        return true;
-    } else if (modality == Qt::WindowModal) {
-        QWidget * parent = menuBar->parentWidget();
-
-        // Special case for the global menu bar: It's not associated
-        // with a window so don't disable it.
-        if (parent == 0)
-            return false;
 
-        // Disable menu entries in menu bars that belong to ancestors of
-        // the modal widget, leave entries in unrelated menu bars enabled.
-        return qt_mac_is_ancestor(parent, modalWidget);
+    // If there is an application modal window on
+    // screen, the entries of the menubar should be disabled:
+    QWidget *w = modalWidget;
+    while (w) {
+        if (w->isVisible() && w->windowModality() == Qt::ApplicationModal)
+            return true;
+        w = w->parentWidget();
     }
-    return false; // modality == NonModal
+
+    // INVARIANT: modalWidget is window modal. Disable menu entries
+    // if the menu bar belongs to an ancestor of modalWidget:
+    return qt_mac_is_ancestor(menuBar->parentWidget(), modalWidget);
 }
 
 static void cancelAllMenuTracking()
@@ -1891,9 +1935,6 @@ static void cancelAllMenuTracking()
 */
 bool QMenuBar::macUpdateMenuBar()
 {
-    if (qt_mac_no_native_menubar) //nothing to be done..
-        return true;
-
     cancelAllMenuTracking();
     QMenuBar *mb = 0;
     //find a menu bar
@@ -1927,7 +1968,7 @@ bool QMenuBar::macUpdateMenuBar()
         mb = fallback;
     //now set it
     bool ret = false;
-    if (mb) {
+    if (mb && mb->isNativeMenuBar()) {
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
         QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
 #endif
@@ -1965,7 +2006,7 @@ bool QMenuBar::macUpdateMenuBar()
         qt_mac_current_menubar.qmenubar = mb;
         qt_mac_current_menubar.modal = QApplicationPrivate::modalState();
         ret = true;
-    } else if (qt_mac_current_menubar.qmenubar) {
+    } else if (qt_mac_current_menubar.qmenubar && qt_mac_current_menubar.qmenubar->isNativeMenuBar()) {
         const bool modal = QApplicationPrivate::modalState();
         if (modal != qt_mac_current_menubar.modal) {
             ret = true;
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_p.h
index aafc945..b9bb544 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ struct QMenuMergeItem
 typedef QList<QMenuMergeItem> QMenuMergeList;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
 struct QWceMenuAction {
     uint command;    
     QPointer<QAction> action;
@@ -138,13 +138,13 @@ class QMenuPrivate : public QWidgetPrivate
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QMenu)
 public:
     QMenuPrivate() : itemsDirty(0), maxIconWidth(0), tabWidth(0), ncols(0),
-                      collapsibleSeparators(true), hasHadMouse(0), aboutToHide(0), motions(0),
+                      collapsibleSeparators(true), activationRecursionGuard(false), hasHadMouse(0), aboutToHide(0), motions(0),
                       currentAction(0), scroll(0), eventLoop(0), tearoff(0), tornoff(0), tearoffHighlighted(0),
-                      hasCheckableItems(0), sloppyAction(0)
+                      hasCheckableItems(0), sloppyAction(0), doChildEffects(false)
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
                       ,mac_menu(0)
 #endif
-#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE) && !defined(QT_NO_MENUBAR)
+#if defined(Q_WS_WINCE) && !defined(QT_NO_MENUBAR)
                       ,wce_menu(0)
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ public:
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
         delete mac_menu;
 #endif
-#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE) && !defined(QT_NO_MENUBAR)
+#if defined(Q_WS_WINCE) && !defined(QT_NO_MENUBAR)
         delete wce_menu;
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
@@ -174,14 +174,12 @@ public:
     mutable uint itemsDirty : 1;
     mutable uint maxIconWidth, tabWidth;
     QRect actionRect(QAction *) const;
-    mutable QMap<QAction*, QRect> actionRects;
-    mutable QList<QAction*> actionList;
-    mutable QHash<QAction *, QWidget *> widgetItems;
-    void calcActionRects(QMap<QAction*, QRect> &actionRects, QList<QAction*> &actionList) const;
-    void updateActions();
+
+    mutable QVector<QRect> actionRects;
+    mutable QWidgetList widgetItems;
+    void updateActionRects() const;
     QRect popupGeometry(int screen=-1) const;
-    QList<QAction *> filterActions(const QList<QAction *> &actions) const;
-    uint ncols : 4; //4 bits is probably plenty
+    mutable uint ncols : 4; //4 bits is probably plenty
     uint collapsibleSeparators : 1;
 
     uint activationRecursionGuard : 1;
@@ -239,7 +237,7 @@ public:
     virtual QList<QPointer<QWidget> > calcCausedStack() const;
     QMenuCaused causedPopup;
     void hideUpToMenuBar();
-    void hideMenu(QMenu *menu);
+    void hideMenu(QMenu *menu, bool justRegister = false);
 
     //index mappings
     inline QAction *actionAt(int i) const { return q_func()->actions().at(i); }
@@ -253,7 +251,7 @@ public:
 
     //sloppy selection
     static QBasicTimer sloppyDelayTimer;
-    QAction *sloppyAction;
+    mutable QAction *sloppyAction;
     QRegion sloppyRegion;
 
     //default action
@@ -282,8 +280,9 @@ public:
     struct QMacMenuPrivate {
         QList<QMacMenuAction*> actionItems;
         OSMenuRef menu;
-        QMacMenuPrivate();
-        ~QMacMenuPrivate();
+        QMenuPrivate *qmenu;
+        QMacMenuPrivate(QMenuPrivate *menu);
+        ~QMacMenuPrivate();    
 
         bool merged(const QAction *action) const;
         void addAction(QAction *, QMacMenuAction* =0, QMenuPrivate *qmenu = 0);
@@ -312,7 +311,7 @@ public:
     bool emitHighlighted;
 #endif
 
-#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE) && !defined(QT_NO_MENUBAR)
+#if defined(Q_WS_WINCE) && !defined(QT_NO_MENUBAR)
     struct QWceMenuPrivate {
         QList<QWceMenuAction*> actionItems;
         HMENU menuHandle;
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_wince.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_wince.cpp
index 42a4e0b..44cca7e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_wince.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_wince.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
 //Native menubars are only supported for Windows Mobile not the standard SDK/generic WinCE
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
 #include "qmenu.h"
 #include "qt_windows.h"
 #include "qapplication.h"
@@ -621,4 +621,4 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::QWceMenuBarPrivate::rebuild() {
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 #endif //QT_NO_MENUBAR
-#endif //Q_OS_WINCE
+#endif //Q_WS_WINCE
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_wince_resource_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_wince_resource_p.h
index cc944f4..6bce233 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_wince_resource_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_wince_resource_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp
index fb8a69b..638e4a6 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 #include "qmenubar_p.h"
 #include "qdebug.h"
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
 extern bool qt_wince_is_mobile(); //defined in qguifunctions_wce.cpp
 #endif
 
@@ -116,11 +116,9 @@ QSize QMenuBarExtension::sizeHint() const
 */
 QAction *QMenuBarPrivate::actionAt(QPoint p) const
 {
-    Q_Q(const QMenuBar);
-    QList<QAction*> items = q->actions();
-    for(int i = 0; i < items.size(); ++i) {
-        if(actionRect(items.at(i)).contains(p))
-            return items.at(i);
+    for(int i = 0; i < actions.size(); ++i) {
+        if(actionRect(actions.at(i)).contains(p))
+            return actions.at(i);
     }
     return 0;
 }
@@ -194,22 +192,20 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::updateGeometries()
     }
 
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
-    if(mac_menubar) {//nothing to see here folks, move along..
+    if(q->isNativeMenuBar()) {//nothing to see here folks, move along..
         itemsDirty = false;
         return;
     }
 #endif
-    calcActionRects(q_width, q_start, actionRects, actionList);
-    itemsWidth = q_width;
-    itemsStart = q_start;
+    calcActionRects(q_width, q_start);
     currentAction = 0;
 #ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
     if(itemsDirty) {
         for(int j = 0; j < shortcutIndexMap.size(); ++j)
             q->releaseShortcut(shortcutIndexMap.value(j));
         shortcutIndexMap.resize(0); // faster than clear
-        for(int i = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++)
-            shortcutIndexMap.append(q->grabShortcut(QKeySequence::mnemonic(actionList.at(i)->text())));
+        for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); i++)
+            shortcutIndexMap.append(q->grabShortcut(QKeySequence::mnemonic(actions.at(i)->text())));
     }
 #endif
     itemsDirty = false;
@@ -220,8 +216,9 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::updateGeometries()
 
     //we try to see if the actions will fit there
     bool hasHiddenActions = false;
-    foreach(QAction *action, actionList) {
-        if (!menuRect.contains(actionRect(action))) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < actions.count(); ++i) {
+        const QRect &rect = actionRects.at(i);
+        if (!menuRect.contains(rect)) {
             hasHiddenActions = true;
             break;
         }
@@ -230,9 +227,10 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::updateGeometries()
     //...and if not, determine the ones that fit on the menu with the extension visible
     if (hasHiddenActions) {
         menuRect = this->menuRect(true);
-        foreach(QAction *action, actionList) {
-            if (!menuRect.contains(actionRect(action))) {
-                hiddenActions.append(action);
+        for (int i = 0; i < actions.count(); ++i) {
+            const QRect &rect = actionRects.at(i);
+            if (!menuRect.contains(rect)) {
+                hiddenActions.append(actions.at(i));
             }
         }
     }
@@ -257,9 +255,9 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::updateGeometries()
     }
     q->updateGeometry();
 #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
-    if (q->parentWidget() != 0) {
+    if (parent) {
         QMenubarUpdatedEvent menubarUpdated(q);
-        QApplication::sendEvent(q->parentWidget(), &menubarUpdated);
+        QApplication::sendEvent(parent, &menubarUpdated);
     }
 #endif
 }
@@ -267,12 +265,27 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::updateGeometries()
 QRect QMenuBarPrivate::actionRect(QAction *act) const
 {
     Q_Q(const QMenuBar);
-    QRect ret = actionRects.value(act);
-    const int fw = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarPanelWidth, 0, q);
-    ret.translate(fw, fw);
+    const int index = actions.indexOf(act);
+    if (index == -1)
+        return QRect();
+
+    //makes sure the geometries are up-to-date
+    const_cast<QMenuBarPrivate*>(this)->updateGeometries();
+
+    QRect ret = actionRects.at(index);
     return QStyle::visualRect(q->layoutDirection(), q->rect(), ret);
 }
 
+void QMenuBarPrivate::focusFirstAction()
+{
+    if(!currentAction) {
+        int index = 0;
+        while (index < actions.count() && actionRects.at(index).isNull()) ++index;
+        if (index < actions.count())
+            setCurrentAction(actions.at(index));
+    }
+}
+
 void QMenuBarPrivate::setKeyboardMode(bool b)
 {
     Q_Q(QMenuBar);
@@ -282,17 +295,16 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::setKeyboardMode(bool b)
     }
     keyboardState = b;
     if(b) {
-        QWidget *fw = qApp->focusWidget();
+        QWidget *fw = QApplication::focusWidget();
         if (fw != q)
             keyboardFocusWidget = fw;
-        if(!currentAction && !actionList.isEmpty())
-            setCurrentAction(actionList.first());
+        focusFirstAction();
         q->setFocus(Qt::MenuBarFocusReason);
     } else {
         if(!popupState)
             setCurrentAction(0);
         if(keyboardFocusWidget) {
-            if (qApp->focusWidget() == q)
+            if (QApplication::focusWidget() == q)
                 keyboardFocusWidget->setFocus(Qt::MenuBarFocusReason);
             keyboardFocusWidget = 0;
         }
@@ -398,28 +410,29 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::setCurrentAction(QAction *action, bool popup, bool activat
         fw->setFocus(Qt::NoFocusReason);
 }
 
-void QMenuBarPrivate::calcActionRects(int max_width, int start, QMap<QAction*, QRect> &actionRects, QList<QAction*> &actionList) const
+void QMenuBarPrivate::calcActionRects(int max_width, int start) const
 {
     Q_Q(const QMenuBar);
 
-    if(!itemsDirty && itemsWidth == max_width && itemsStart == start) {
-        actionRects = actionRects;
-        actionList = actionList;
+    if(!itemsDirty)
         return;
-    }
-    actionRects.clear();
-    actionList.clear();
-    const int itemSpacing = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarItemSpacing, 0, q);
+
+    //let's reinitialize the buffer
+    actionRects.resize(actions.count());
+    actionRects.fill(QRect());
+
+    const QStyle *style = q->style();
+
+    const int itemSpacing = style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarItemSpacing, 0, q);
     int max_item_height = 0, separator = -1, separator_start = 0, separator_len = 0;
-    QList<QAction*> items = q->actions();
 
     //calculate size
     const QFontMetrics fm = q->fontMetrics();
-    const int hmargin = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarHMargin, 0, q),
-              vmargin = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarVMargin, 0, q),
-                icone = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SmallIconSize, 0, q);
-    for(int i = 0; i < items.count(); i++) {
-        QAction *action = items.at(i);
+    const int hmargin = style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarHMargin, 0, q),
+              vmargin = style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarVMargin, 0, q),
+                icone = style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SmallIconSize, 0, q);
+    for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) {
+        QAction *action = actions.at(i);
         if(!action->isVisible())
             continue;
 
@@ -427,26 +440,21 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::calcActionRects(int max_width, int start, QMap<QAction*, Q
 
         //calc what I think the size is..
         if(action->isSeparator()) {
-            if (q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_DrawMenuBarSeparator, 0, q))
-                separator = actionRects.count();
+            if (style->styleHint(QStyle::SH_DrawMenuBarSeparator, 0, q))
+                separator = i;
             continue; //we don't really position these!
         } else {
-            QString s = action->text();
+            const QString s = action->text();
             if(!s.isEmpty()) {
-                int w = fm.width(s);
-                w -= s.count(QLatin1Char('&')) * fm.width(QLatin1Char('&'));
-                w += s.count(QLatin1String("&&")) * fm.width(QLatin1Char('&'));
+                const int w = fm.width(s)
+                    - s.count(QLatin1Char('&')) * fm.width(QLatin1Char('&'))
+                    + s.count(QLatin1String("&&")) * fm.width(QLatin1Char('&'));
                 sz = QSize(w, fm.height());
             }
 
             QIcon is = action->icon();
-            if (!is.isNull()) {
-                QSize is_sz = QSize(icone, icone);
-                if (is_sz.height() > sz.height())
-                    sz.setHeight(is_sz.height());
-                if (is_sz.width() > sz.width())
-                    sz.setWidth(is_sz.width());
-            }
+            if (!is.isNull())
+                sz = sz.expandedTo(QSize(icone, icone));
         }
 
         //let the style modify the above size..
@@ -456,8 +464,7 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::calcActionRects(int max_width, int start, QMap<QAction*, Q
 
         if(!sz.isEmpty()) {
             { //update the separator state
-                int iWidth = sz.width();
-                iWidth += itemSpacing;
+                int iWidth = sz.width() + itemSpacing;
                 if(separator == -1)
                     separator_start += iWidth;
                 else
@@ -466,17 +473,19 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::calcActionRects(int max_width, int start, QMap<QAction*, Q
             //maximum height
             max_item_height = qMax(max_item_height, sz.height());
             //append
-            actionRects.insert(action, QRect(0, 0, sz.width(), sz.height()));
-            actionList.append(action);
+            actionRects[i] = QRect(0, 0, sz.width(), sz.height());
         }
     }
 
     //calculate position
-    int x = ((start == -1) ? hmargin : start) + itemSpacing;
-    int y = vmargin;
-    for(int i = 0; i < actionList.count(); i++) {
-        QAction *action = actionList.at(i);
-        QRect &rect = actionRects[action];
+    const int fw = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarPanelWidth, 0, q);
+    int x = fw + ((start == -1) ? hmargin : start) + itemSpacing;
+    int y = fw + vmargin;
+    for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) {
+        QRect &rect = actionRects[i];
+        if (rect.isNull())
+            continue;
+
         //resize
         rect.setHeight(max_item_height);
 
@@ -532,7 +541,6 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::_q_actionHovered()
         emit q->hovered(action);
 #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
         if (QAccessible::isActive()) {
-            QList<QAction*> actions = q->actions();
             int actionIndex = actions.indexOf(action);
             ++actionIndex;
             QAccessible::updateAccessibility(q, actionIndex, QAccessible::Focus);
@@ -661,8 +669,9 @@ void QMenuBar::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionMenuItem *option, const QAction *acti
     \header \i String matches \i Placement \i Notes
     \row \i about.*
          \i Application Menu | About <application name>
-         \i If this entry is not found no About item will appear in
-            the Application Menu
+         \i The application name is fetched from the \c {Info.plist} file
+            (see note below). If this entry is not found no About item
+            will appear in the Application Menu. 
     \row \i config, options, setup, settings or preferences
          \i Application Menu | Preferences
          \i If this entry is not found the Settings item will be disabled
@@ -725,7 +734,7 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::init()
     if(mac_menubar)
         q->hide();
 #endif
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     if (qt_wince_is_mobile()) {
         wceCreateMenuBar(q->parentWidget());
         if(wce_menubar)
@@ -751,6 +760,27 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::init()
     extension->hide();
 }
 
+//Gets the next action for keyboard navigation
+QAction *QMenuBarPrivate::getNextAction(const int _start, const int increment) const
+{
+    Q_Q(const QMenuBar);
+    bool allowActiveAndDisabled = q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_AllowActiveAndDisabled, 0, q);
+    const int start = (_start == -1 && increment == -1) ? actions.count() : _start;
+    const int end =  increment == -1 ? 0 : actions.count() - 1;
+
+    for (int i = start; start != end;) {
+        i += increment;
+        QAction *current = actions.at(i);
+        if (!actionRects.at(i).isNull() && (allowActiveAndDisabled || current->isEnabled()))
+            return current;
+    }
+
+    if (_start != -1) //let's try from the beginning or the end
+        return getNextAction(-1, increment);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
 /*!
     Constructs a menu bar with parent \a parent.
 */
@@ -782,7 +812,7 @@ QMenuBar::~QMenuBar()
     Q_D(QMenuBar);
     d->macDestroyMenuBar();
 #endif
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     Q_D(QMenuBar);
     if (qt_wince_is_mobile())
         d->wceDestroyMenuBar();
@@ -987,8 +1017,8 @@ void QMenuBar::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
     QRegion emptyArea(rect());
 
     //draw the items
-    for (int i = 0; i < d->actionList.count(); ++i) {
-        QAction *action = d->actionList.at(i);
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->actions.count(); ++i) {
+        QAction *action = d->actions.at(i);
         QRect adjustedActionRect = d->actionRect(action);
         if (adjustedActionRect.isEmpty() || !d->isVisible(action))
             continue;
@@ -1035,14 +1065,8 @@ void QMenuBar::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
 */
 void QMenuBar::setVisible(bool visible)
 {
-#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
-    Q_D(QMenuBar);
-    if(d->mac_menubar)
-        return;
-#endif
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
-    Q_D(QMenuBar);
-    if(d->wce_menubar)
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+    if (isNativeMenuBar())
         return;
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
@@ -1150,54 +1174,8 @@ void QMenuBar::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
     case Qt::Key_Right:
     case Qt::Key_Left: {
         if(d->currentAction) {
-            QAction *nextAction = 0;
-            bool allowActiveAndDisabled =
-                    style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Menu_AllowActiveAndDisabled, 0, this);
-
-            for(int i=0; i<(int)d->actionList.count(); i++) {
-                if(d->actionList.at(i) == (QAction*)d->currentAction) {
-                    if (key == Qt::Key_Left) {
-                        while (i > 0) {
-                            i--;
-                            if (allowActiveAndDisabled || d->actionList[i]->isEnabled()) {
-                                nextAction = d->actionList.at(i);
-                                break;
-                            }
-                        }
-                    } else {
-                        while (i < d->actionList.count()-1) {
-                            i++;
-                            if (allowActiveAndDisabled || d->actionList[i]->isEnabled()) {
-                                nextAction = d->actionList.at(i);
-                                break;
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                    break;
-
-                }
-            }
-
-            if(!nextAction) {
-                if (key == Qt::Key_Left) {
-                    for (int i = d->actionList.size() - 1 ; i >= 0 ; --i) {
-                        if (allowActiveAndDisabled || d->actionList[i]->isEnabled()) {
-                            nextAction = d->actionList.at(i);
-                            i--;
-                            break;
-                        }
-                    }
-                } else {
-                    for (int i = 0 ; i < d->actionList.count() ; ++i) {
-                        if (allowActiveAndDisabled || d->actionList[i]->isEnabled()) {
-                            nextAction = d->actionList.at(i);
-                            i++;
-                            break;
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            if(nextAction) {
+            int index = d->actions.indexOf(d->currentAction);
+            if (QAction *nextAction = d->getNextAction(index, key == Qt::Key_Left ? -1 : +1)) {
                 d->setCurrentAction(nextAction, d->popupState, true);
                 key_consumed = true;
             }
@@ -1221,8 +1199,10 @@ void QMenuBar::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
         QAction *first = 0, *currentSelected = 0, *firstAfterCurrent = 0;
         {
             QChar c = e->text()[0].toUpper();
-            for(int i = 0; i < d->actionList.size(); ++i) {
-                register QAction *act = d->actionList.at(i);
+            for(int i = 0; i < d->actions.size(); ++i) {
+                if (d->actionRects.at(i).isNull())
+                    continue;
+                QAction *act = d->actions.at(i);
                 QString s = act->text();
                 if(!s.isEmpty()) {
                     int ampersand = s.indexOf(QLatin1Char('&'));
@@ -1277,7 +1257,8 @@ void QMenuBar::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 void QMenuBar::leaveEvent(QEvent *)
 {
     Q_D(QMenuBar);
-    if(!hasFocus() && !d->popupState)
+    if((!hasFocus() && !d->popupState) ||
+        (d->currentAction && d->currentAction->menu() == 0))
         d->setCurrentAction(0);
 }
 
@@ -1288,24 +1269,21 @@ void QMenuBar::actionEvent(QActionEvent *e)
 {
     Q_D(QMenuBar);
     d->itemsDirty = true;
+#if defined (Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+    if (isNativeMenuBar()) {
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
-    if(d->mac_menubar) {
-        if(e->type() == QEvent::ActionAdded)
-            d->mac_menubar->addAction(e->action(), d->mac_menubar->findAction(e->before()));
-        else if(e->type() == QEvent::ActionRemoved)
-            d->mac_menubar->removeAction(e->action());
-        else if(e->type() == QEvent::ActionChanged)
-            d->mac_menubar->syncAction(e->action());
-    }
+        QMenuBarPrivate::QMacMenuBarPrivate *nativeMenuBar = d->mac_menubar;
+#else
+        QMenuBarPrivate::QWceMenuBarPrivate *nativeMenuBar = d->wce_menubar;
 #endif
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
-    if(d->wce_menubar) {
+        if (!nativeMenuBar)
+            return;
         if(e->type() == QEvent::ActionAdded)
-            d->wce_menubar->addAction(e->action(), d->wce_menubar->findAction(e->before()));
+            nativeMenuBar->addAction(e->action(), nativeMenuBar->findAction(e->before()));
         else if(e->type() == QEvent::ActionRemoved)
-            d->wce_menubar->removeAction(e->action());
+            nativeMenuBar->removeAction(e->action());
         else if(e->type() == QEvent::ActionChanged)
-            d->wce_menubar->syncAction(e->action());
+            nativeMenuBar->syncAction(e->action());
     }
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
@@ -1337,8 +1315,8 @@ void QMenuBar::actionEvent(QActionEvent *e)
 void QMenuBar::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *)
 {
     Q_D(QMenuBar);
-    if(d->keyboardState && !d->currentAction && !d->actionList.isEmpty())
-        d->setCurrentAction(d->actionList.first());
+    if(d->keyboardState)
+        d->focusFirstAction();
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -1401,7 +1379,7 @@ void QMenuBarPrivate::handleReparent()
     macCreateMenuBar(newParent);
 #endif
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     if (qt_wince_is_mobile() && wce_menubar)
         wce_menubar->rebuild();
 #endif
@@ -1644,12 +1622,8 @@ QRect QMenuBar::actionGeometry(QAction *act) const
 QSize QMenuBar::minimumSizeHint() const
 {
     Q_D(const QMenuBar);
-#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
-    const bool as_gui_menubar = !d->mac_menubar;
-#elif defined (Q_OS_WINCE)
-    const bool as_gui_menubar = !d->wce_menubar;
-#elif defined (Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
-    const bool as_gui_menubar = !d->symbian_menubar;
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_WINCE) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+    const bool as_gui_menubar = !isNativeMenuBar();
 #else
     const bool as_gui_menubar = true;
 #endif
@@ -1661,15 +1635,12 @@ QSize QMenuBar::minimumSizeHint() const
     int fw = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarPanelWidth, 0, this);
     int spaceBelowMenuBar = style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_MainWindow_SpaceBelowMenuBar, 0, this);
     if(as_gui_menubar) {
-        QMap<QAction*, QRect> actionRects;
-        QList<QAction*> actionList;
         int w = parentWidget() ? parentWidget()->width() : QApplication::desktop()->width();
-        d->calcActionRects(w - (2 * fw), 0, actionRects, actionList);
-        if (d->actionList.count() > 0) {
-            ret = d->actionRect(d->actionList.at(0)).size();
-            if (!d->extension->isHidden())
-                ret += QSize(d->extension->sizeHint().width(), 0);
-        }
+        d->calcActionRects(w - (2 * fw), 0);
+        for (int i = 0; ret.isNull() && i < d->actions.count(); ++i)
+            ret = d->actionRects.at(i).size();
+        if (!d->extension->isHidden())
+            ret += QSize(d->extension->sizeHint().width(), 0);
         ret += QSize(2*fw + hmargin, 2*fw + vmargin);
     }
     int margin = 2*vmargin + 2*fw + spaceBelowMenuBar;
@@ -1706,16 +1677,13 @@ QSize QMenuBar::minimumSizeHint() const
 QSize QMenuBar::sizeHint() const
 {
     Q_D(const QMenuBar);
-#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
-    const bool as_gui_menubar = !d->mac_menubar;
-#elif defined (Q_OS_WINCE)
-    const bool as_gui_menubar = !d->wce_menubar;
-#elif defined (Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
-    const bool as_gui_menubar = !d->symbian_menubar;
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_WINCE) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+    const bool as_gui_menubar = !isNativeMenuBar();
 #else
     const bool as_gui_menubar = true;
 #endif
 
+
     ensurePolished();
     QSize ret(0, 0);
     const int hmargin = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarHMargin, 0, this);
@@ -1723,19 +1691,15 @@ QSize QMenuBar::sizeHint() const
     int fw = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarPanelWidth, 0, this);
     int spaceBelowMenuBar = style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_MainWindow_SpaceBelowMenuBar, 0, this);
     if(as_gui_menubar) {
-        QMap<QAction*, QRect> actionRects;
-        QList<QAction*> actionList;
         const int w = parentWidget() ? parentWidget()->width() : QApplication::desktop()->width();
-        d->calcActionRects(w - (2 * fw), 0, actionRects, actionList);
-        for (QMap<QAction*, QRect>::const_iterator i = actionRects.constBegin();
-             i != actionRects.constEnd(); ++i) {
-            QRect actionRect(i.value());
-            if(actionRect.x() + actionRect.width() > ret.width())
-                ret.setWidth(actionRect.x() + actionRect.width());
-            if(actionRect.y() + actionRect.height() > ret.height())
-                ret.setHeight(actionRect.y() + actionRect.height());
+        d->calcActionRects(w - (2 * fw), 0);
+        for (int i = 0; i < d->actionRects.count(); ++i) {
+            const QRect &actionRect = d->actionRects.at(i);
+            ret = ret.expandedTo(QSize(actionRect.x() + actionRect.width(), actionRect.y() + actionRect.height()));
         }
-        ret += QSize(2*fw + 2*hmargin, 2*fw + 2*vmargin);
+        //the action geometries already contain the top and left
+        //margins. So we only need to add those from right and bottom.
+        ret += QSize(fw + hmargin, fw + vmargin);
     }
     int margin = 2*vmargin + 2*fw + spaceBelowMenuBar;
     if(d->leftWidget) {
@@ -1771,25 +1735,21 @@ QSize QMenuBar::sizeHint() const
 int QMenuBar::heightForWidth(int) const
 {
     Q_D(const QMenuBar);
-#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
-    const bool as_gui_menubar = !d->mac_menubar;
-#elif defined (Q_OS_WINCE)
-    const bool as_gui_menubar = !d->wce_menubar;
-#elif defined (Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
-    const bool as_gui_menubar = !d->symbian_menubar;
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_WINCE) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+    const bool as_gui_menubar = !isNativeMenuBar();
 #else
     const bool as_gui_menubar = true;
 #endif
+
     int height = 0;
     const int vmargin = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarVMargin, 0, this);
     int fw = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MenuBarPanelWidth, 0, this);
     int spaceBelowMenuBar = style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_MainWindow_SpaceBelowMenuBar, 0, this);
     if(as_gui_menubar) {
-        if (d->actionList.count()) {
-            // assume all actionrects have the same height
-            height = d->actionRect(d->actionList.first()).height();
+        for (int i = 0; i < d->actionRects.count(); ++i)
+            height = qMax(height, d->actionRects.at(i).height());
+        if (height) //there is at least one non-null item
             height += spaceBelowMenuBar;
-        }
         height += 2*fw;
         height += 2*vmargin;
     }
@@ -1816,7 +1776,7 @@ int QMenuBar::heightForWidth(int) const
 void QMenuBarPrivate::_q_internalShortcutActivated(int id)
 {
     Q_Q(QMenuBar);
-    QAction *act = actionList.at(id);
+    QAction *act = actions.at(id);
     setCurrentAction(act, true, true);
     if (act && !act->menu()) {
         activateAction(act, QAction::Trigger);
@@ -1894,6 +1854,60 @@ QWidget *QMenuBar::cornerWidget(Qt::Corner corner) const
 }
 
 /*!
+    \property QMenuBar::nativeMenuBar
+    \brief Whether or not a menubar will be used as a native menubar on platforms that support it
+    \since 4.6
+
+    This property specifies whether or not the menubar should be used as a native menubar on platforms
+    that support it. The currently supported platforms are Mac OS X and Windows CE. On these platforms
+    if this property is true, the menubar is used in the native menubar and is not in the window of
+    its parent, if false the menubar remains in the window. On other platforms the value of this
+    attribute has no effect.
+
+    The default is to follow whether the Qt::AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar attribute
+    is set for the application. Explicitly settings this property overrides
+    the presence (or abscence) of the attribute.
+*/
+
+void QMenuBar::setNativeMenuBar(bool nativeMenuBar)
+{
+    Q_D(QMenuBar);
+    if (d->nativeMenuBar == -1 || (nativeMenuBar != bool(d->nativeMenuBar))) {
+        d->nativeMenuBar = nativeMenuBar;
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+        if (!d->nativeMenuBar) {
+            extern void qt_mac_clear_menubar();
+            qt_mac_clear_menubar();
+            d->macDestroyMenuBar();
+            const QList<QAction *> &menubarActions = actions();
+            for (int i = 0; i < menubarActions.size(); ++i) {
+                const QAction *action = menubarActions.at(i);
+                if (QMenu *menu = action->menu()) {
+                    delete menu->d_func()->mac_menu;
+                    menu->d_func()->mac_menu = 0;
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            d->macCreateMenuBar(parentWidget());
+        }
+        macUpdateMenuBar();
+        updateGeometry();
+        setVisible(false);
+        setVisible(true);
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+bool QMenuBar::isNativeMenuBar() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QMenuBar);
+    if (d->nativeMenuBar == -1) {
+        return !QApplication::instance()->testAttribute(Qt::AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar);
+    }
+    return d->nativeMenuBar;
+}
+
+/*!
   \since 4.4
 
   Sets the default action to \a act.
@@ -1907,13 +1921,13 @@ QWidget *QMenuBar::cornerWidget(Qt::Corner corner) const
   \sa defaultAction()
 */
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
 void QMenuBar::setDefaultAction(QAction *act)
 {
     Q_D(QMenuBar);
     if (d->defaultAction == act)
         return;
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     if (qt_wince_is_mobile())
         if (d->defaultAction) {
             disconnect(d->defaultAction, SIGNAL(changed()), this, SLOT(_q_updateDefaultAction()));
@@ -1921,7 +1935,7 @@ void QMenuBar::setDefaultAction(QAction *act)
         }
 #endif
     d->defaultAction = act;
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     if (qt_wince_is_mobile())
         if (d->defaultAction) {
             connect(d->defaultAction, SIGNAL(changed()), this, SLOT(_q_updateDefaultAction()));
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.h
index 42f0c0c..1fda1c1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ class Q_GUI_EXPORT QMenuBar : public QWidget
     Q_OBJECT
 
     Q_PROPERTY(bool defaultUp READ isDefaultUp WRITE setDefaultUp)
+    Q_PROPERTY(bool nativeMenuBar READ isNativeMenuBar WRITE setNativeMenuBar)
 
 public:
     explicit QMenuBar(QWidget *parent = 0);
@@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ public:
     static bool macUpdateMenuBar();
 #endif
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     void setDefaultAction(QAction *);
     QAction *defaultAction() const;
 
@@ -118,6 +119,9 @@ public:
     static void wceRefresh();
 #endif
 
+    bool isNativeMenuBar() const;
+    void setNativeMenuBar(bool nativeMenuBar);
+
 public Q_SLOTS:
     virtual void setVisible(bool visible);
 
@@ -339,7 +343,7 @@ private:
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_internalShortcutActivated(int))
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_updateLayout())
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_updateDefaultAction())
 #endif
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar_p.h
index 9e7d511..a51a6cc 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 #include "QtGui/qstyleoption.h"
 #include <private/qmenu_p.h> // Mac needs what in this file!
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
 #include "qguifunctions_wince.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -76,13 +76,17 @@ class QMenuBarPrivate : public QWidgetPrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QMenuBar)
 public:
-    QMenuBarPrivate() : itemsDirty(0), itemsWidth(0), itemsStart(-1), currentAction(0), mouseDown(0),
-                         closePopupMode(0), defaultPopDown(1), popupState(0), keyboardState(0), altPressed(0)
+    QMenuBarPrivate() : itemsDirty(0), currentAction(0), mouseDown(0),
+                         closePopupMode(0), defaultPopDown(1), popupState(0), keyboardState(0), altPressed(0),
+                         nativeMenuBar(-1), doChildEffects(false)
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+                         , doAutoResize(false)
+#endif
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
                          , mac_menubar(0)
 #endif
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
                          , wce_menubar(0), wceClassicMenu(false)
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
@@ -95,7 +99,7 @@ public:
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
             delete mac_menubar;
 #endif
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
             delete wce_menubar;
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
@@ -104,16 +108,14 @@ public:
         }
 
     void init();
-    QStyleOptionMenuItem getStyleOption(const QAction *action) const;
+    QAction *getNextAction(const int start, const int increment) const;
 
     //item calculations
     uint itemsDirty : 1;
-    int itemsWidth, itemsStart;
 
     QVector<int> shortcutIndexMap;
-    mutable QMap<QAction*, QRect> actionRects;
-    mutable QList<QAction*> actionList;
-    void calcActionRects(int max_width, int start, QMap<QAction*, QRect> &actionRects, QList<QAction*> &actionList) const;
+    mutable QVector<QRect> actionRects;
+    void calcActionRects(int max_width, int start) const;
     QRect actionRect(QAction *) const;
     void updateGeometries();
 
@@ -129,10 +131,13 @@ public:
     QPointer<QMenu> activeMenu;
 
     //keyboard mode for keyboard navigation
+    void focusFirstAction();
     void setKeyboardMode(bool);
     uint keyboardState : 1, altPressed : 1;
     QPointer<QWidget> keyboardFocusWidget;
 
+
+    int nativeMenuBar : 3;  // Only has values -1, 0, and 1
     //firing of events
     void activateAction(QAction *, QAction::ActionEvent);
 
@@ -141,7 +146,7 @@ public:
     void _q_internalShortcutActivated(int);
     void _q_updateLayout();
 
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     void _q_updateDefaultAction();
 #endif
 
@@ -195,7 +200,7 @@ public:
     void macDestroyMenuBar();
     OSMenuRef macMenu();
 #endif
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     void wceCreateMenuBar(QWidget *);
     void wceDestroyMenuBar();
     struct QWceMenuBarPrivate {
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenudata.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmenudata.cpp
index 568b67f..17325c3 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenudata.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenudata.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenudata.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmenudata.h
index d570f20..521b5fc 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenudata.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenudata.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
index 3d2c4f5..c2ef5e4 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -375,11 +375,16 @@ void QPlainTextDocumentLayout::layoutBlock(const QTextBlock &block)
         extraMargin += fm.width(QChar(0x21B5));
     }
     tl->beginLayout();
+    qreal availableWidth = d->width;
+    if (availableWidth <= 0) {
+        availableWidth = INT_MAX; // similar to text edit with pageSize.width == 0
+    }
+    availableWidth -= 2*margin + extraMargin;
     while (1) {
         QTextLine line = tl->createLine();
         if (!line.isValid())
             break;
-        line.setLineWidth(d->width - 2*margin - extraMargin);
+        line.setLineWidth(availableWidth);
 
         height += leading;
         line.setPosition(QPointF(margin, height));
@@ -444,7 +449,7 @@ QPlainTextEditControl::QPlainTextEditControl(QPlainTextEdit *parent)
 void QPlainTextEditPrivate::_q_cursorPositionChanged()
 {
     pageUpDownLastCursorYIsValid = false;
-};
+}
 
 void QPlainTextEditPrivate::_q_verticalScrollbarActionTriggered(int action) {
     if (action == QAbstractSlider::SliderPageStepAdd) {
@@ -560,7 +565,8 @@ QRectF QPlainTextEditControl::blockBoundingRect(const QTextBlock &block) const {
     if (!currentBlock.isValid())
         return QRectF();
     Q_ASSERT(currentBlock.blockNumber() == currentBlockNumber);
-    QPlainTextDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<QPlainTextDocumentLayout*>(document()->documentLayout());
+    QTextDocument *doc = document();
+    QPlainTextDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<QPlainTextDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
     Q_ASSERT(documentLayout);
 
     QPointF offset;
@@ -571,13 +577,22 @@ QRectF QPlainTextEditControl::blockBoundingRect(const QTextBlock &block) const {
         offset.ry() += r.height();
         currentBlock = currentBlock.next();
         ++currentBlockNumber;
+        if (!currentBlock.isVisible()) {
+            currentBlock = doc->findBlockByLineNumber(currentBlock.firstLineNumber());
+            currentBlockNumber = currentBlock.blockNumber();
+        }
         r = documentLayout->blockBoundingRect(currentBlock);
     }
     while (currentBlockNumber > blockNumber && offset.y() >= -textEdit->viewport()->height()) {
         currentBlock = currentBlock.previous();
+        --currentBlockNumber;
+        while (!currentBlock.isVisible()) {
+            currentBlock = currentBlock.previous();
+            --currentBlockNumber;
+        }
         if (!currentBlock.isValid())
             break;
-        --currentBlockNumber;
+
         r = documentLayout->blockBoundingRect(currentBlock);
         offset.ry() -= r.height();
     }
@@ -752,7 +767,7 @@ void QPlainTextEditPrivate::init(const QString &txt)
     // set a null page size initially to avoid any relayouting until the textedit
     // is shown. relayoutDocument() will take care of setting the page size to the
     // viewport dimensions later.
-    doc->setTextWidth(0);
+    doc->setTextWidth(-1);
     doc->documentLayout()->setPaintDevice(viewport);
     doc->setDefaultFont(q->font());
 
@@ -1005,14 +1020,13 @@ void QPlainTextEditPrivate::ensureViewportLayouted()
     QPlainText uses very much the same technology and concepts as
     QTextEdit, but is optimized for plain text handling.
 
-    QPlainTextEdit works on paragraphs and characters. A paragraph is a
-    formatted string which is word-wrapped to fit into the width of
+    QPlainTextEdit works on paragraphs and characters. A paragraph is
+    a formatted string which is word-wrapped to fit into the width of
     the widget. By default when reading plain text, one newline
     signifies a paragraph. A document consists of zero or more
-    paragraphs. The words in the paragraph are aligned in accordance
-    with the paragraph's alignment. Paragraphs are separated by hard
-    line breaks. Each character within a paragraph has its own
-    attributes, for example, font and color.
+    paragraphs. Paragraphs are separated by hard line breaks. Each
+    character within a paragraph has its own attributes, for example,
+    font and color.
 
     The shape of the mouse cursor on a QPlainTextEdit is
     Qt::IBeamCursor by default.  It can be changed through the
@@ -1020,15 +1034,14 @@ void QPlainTextEditPrivate::ensureViewportLayouted()
 
     \section1 Using QPlainTextEdit as a Display Widget
 
-    The text is set or replaced using setPlainText() which deletes any
-    existing text and replaces it with the text passed in the
-    setPlainText() call.
+    The text is set or replaced using setPlainText() which deletes the
+    existing text and replaces it with the text passed to setPlainText().
 
-    Text itself can be inserted using the QTextCursor class or using
-    the convenience functins insertPlainText(), appendPlainText() or
+    Text can be inserted using the QTextCursor class or using the
+    convenience functions insertPlainText(), appendPlainText() or
     paste().
 
-    By default the text edit wraps words at whitespace to fit within
+    By default, the text edit wraps words at whitespace to fit within
     the text edit widget. The setLineWrapMode() function is used to
     specify the kind of line wrap you want, \l WidgetWidth or \l
     NoWrap if you don't want any wrapping.  If you use word wrap to
@@ -1154,7 +1167,8 @@ void QPlainTextEditPrivate::ensureViewportLayouted()
 
 
     \sa QTextDocument, QTextCursor, {Application Example},
-	{Syntax Highlighter Example}, {Rich Text Processing}
+        {Code Editor Example}, {Syntax Highlighter Example},
+        {Rich Text Processing}
 
 */
 
@@ -1716,8 +1730,7 @@ static void fillBackground(QPainter *p, const QRectF &rect, QBrush brush, QRectF
     p->save();
     if (brush.style() >= Qt::LinearGradientPattern && brush.style() <= Qt::ConicalGradientPattern) {
         if (!gradientRect.isNull()) {
-            QTransform m;
-            m.translate(gradientRect.left(), gradientRect.top());
+            QTransform m = QTransform::fromTranslate(gradientRect.left(), gradientRect.top());
             m.scale(gradientRect.width(), gradientRect.height());
             brush.setTransform(m);
             const_cast<QGradient *>(brush.gradient())->setCoordinateMode(QGradient::LogicalMode);
@@ -1747,7 +1760,7 @@ void QPlainTextEdit::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
 
     QTextBlock block = firstVisibleBlock();
     qreal maximumWidth = document()->documentLayout()->documentSize().width();
-    
+
     // keep right margin clean from full-width selection
     int maxX = offset.x() + qMax((qreal)viewportRect.width(), maximumWidth)
                - document()->documentMargin();
@@ -2018,6 +2031,7 @@ void QPlainTextEdit::inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *e)
     }
 #endif
     d->sendControlEvent(e);
+    ensureCursorVisible();
 }
 
 /*!\reimp
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.h b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.h
index c00ff4e..dc0851b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit_p.h
index 56a3aa9..851702d 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
index 80c1271..f5f7e73 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -99,29 +99,8 @@ void PageItem::paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *option,
 
     QRectF paperRect(0,0, paperSize.width(), paperSize.height());
 
-    painter->setClipRect(paperRect & option->exposedRect);
-    painter->fillRect(paperRect, Qt::white);
-    if (!pagePicture)
-        return;
-    painter->drawPicture(pageRect.topLeft(), *pagePicture);
-
-    // Effect: make anything drawn in the margins look washed out.
-    QPainterPath path;
-    path.addRect(paperRect);
-    path.addRect(pageRect);
-    painter->setPen(QPen(Qt::NoPen));
-    painter->setBrush(QColor(255, 255, 255, 180));
-    painter->drawPath(path);
-
-    painter->setClipRect(option->exposedRect);
-#if 0
-    // Draw frame around paper.
-    painter->setPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0));
-    painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush);
-    painter->drawRect(paperRect);
-#endif
-
     // Draw shadow
+    painter->setClipRect(option->exposedRect);
     qreal shWidth = paperRect.width()/100;
     QRectF rshadow(paperRect.topRight() + QPointF(0, shWidth),
                    paperRect.bottomRight() + QPointF(shWidth, 0));
@@ -142,6 +121,27 @@ void PageItem::paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *option,
     cgrad.setColorAt(1.0, QColor(0,0,0,0));
     painter->fillRect(cshadow, QBrush(cgrad));
 
+    painter->setClipRect(paperRect & option->exposedRect);
+    painter->fillRect(paperRect, Qt::white);
+    if (!pagePicture)
+        return;
+    painter->drawPicture(pageRect.topLeft(), *pagePicture);
+
+    // Effect: make anything drawn in the margins look washed out.
+    QPainterPath path;
+    path.addRect(paperRect);
+    path.addRect(pageRect);
+    painter->setPen(QPen(Qt::NoPen));
+    painter->setBrush(QColor(255, 255, 255, 180));
+    painter->drawPath(path);
+
+#if 0
+    // Draw frame around paper.
+    painter->setPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0));
+    painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush);
+    painter->drawRect(paperRect);
+#endif
+
     // todo: drawtext "Page N" below paper
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.h b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.h
index 9f7ea6e..d74bf93 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp
index 1a7f878..ac3338b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -450,19 +450,19 @@ QString QProgressBar::text() const
     qint64 totalSteps = qint64(d->maximum) - qint64(d->minimum);
 
     QString result = d->format;
-    result.replace(QLatin1String("%m"), QString::fromLatin1("%1").arg(totalSteps));
-    result.replace(QLatin1String("%v"), QString::fromLatin1("%1").arg(d->value));
+    result.replace(QLatin1String("%m"), QString::number(totalSteps));
+    result.replace(QLatin1String("%v"), QString::number(d->value));
 
     // If max and min are equal and we get this far, it means that the
     // progress bar has one step and that we are on that step. Return
     // 100% here in order to avoid division by zero further down.
     if (totalSteps == 0) {
-        result.replace(QLatin1String("%p"), QString::fromLatin1("%1").arg(100));
+        result.replace(QLatin1String("%p"), QString::number(100));
         return result;
     }
 
     int progress = int(((qreal(d->value) - qreal(d->minimum)) * 100.0) / totalSteps);
-    result.replace(QLatin1String("%p"), QString::fromLatin1("%1").arg(progress));
+    result.replace(QLatin1String("%p"), QString::number(progress));
     return result;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.h b/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.h
index 57c83fe..5ac6b85 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
index 03ca751..a1c0d74 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -387,8 +387,9 @@ bool QPushButton::isDefault() const
 QSize QPushButton::sizeHint() const
 {
     Q_D(const QPushButton);
-    if (d->sizeHint.isValid())
+    if (d->sizeHint.isValid() && d->lastAutoDefault == autoDefault())
         return d->sizeHint;
+    d->lastAutoDefault = autoDefault();
     ensurePolished();
 
     int w = 0, h = 0;
@@ -527,8 +528,7 @@ void QPushButton::setMenu(QMenu* menu)
         return;
 
     if (menu && !d->menu) {
-        disconnect(this, SIGNAL(pressed()), this, SLOT(_q_popupPressed()));
-        connect(this, SIGNAL(pressed()), this, SLOT(_q_popupPressed()));
+        connect(this, SIGNAL(pressed()), this, SLOT(_q_popupPressed()), Qt::UniqueConnection);
     }
     if (d->menu)
         removeAction(d->menu->menuAction());
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ void QPushButtonPrivate::_q_popupPressed()
     menu->setNoReplayFor(q);
     bool horizontal = true;
 #if !defined(QT_NO_TOOLBAR)
-    QToolBar *tb = qobject_cast<QToolBar*>(q->parentWidget());
+    QToolBar *tb = qobject_cast<QToolBar*>(parent);
     if (tb && tb->orientation() == Qt::Vertical)
         horizontal = false;
 #endif
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ void QPushButtonPrivate::_q_popupPressed()
     int x = globalPos.x();
     int y = globalPos.y();
     if (horizontal) {
-        if (globalPos.y() + rect.height() + menuSize.height() <= qApp->desktop()->height()) {
+        if (globalPos.y() + rect.height() + menuSize.height() <= QApplication::desktop()->height()) {
             y += rect.height();
         } else {
             y -= menuSize.height();
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ void QPushButtonPrivate::_q_popupPressed()
         if (q->layoutDirection() == Qt::RightToLeft)
             x += rect.width() - menuSize.width();
     } else {
-        if (globalPos.x() + rect.width() + menu->sizeHint().width() <= qApp->desktop()->width())
+        if (globalPos.x() + rect.width() + menu->sizeHint().width() <= QApplication::desktop()->width())
             x += rect.width();
         else
             x -= menuSize.width();
@@ -658,6 +658,8 @@ bool QPushButton::event(QEvent *e)
                ) {
 		d->resetLayoutItemMargins();
 		updateGeometry();
+    } else if (e->type() == QEvent::PolishRequest) {
+        updateGeometry();
     }
     return QAbstractButton::event(e);
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.h b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.h
index 3be304b..2264cc3 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton_p.h
index fc8f567..9d682d8 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
 
     QPushButtonPrivate()
         : QAbstractButtonPrivate(QSizePolicy::PushButton), autoDefault(Auto),
-          defaultButton(false), flat(false), menuOpen(false) {}
+          defaultButton(false), flat(false), menuOpen(false), lastAutoDefault(false) {}
 
     inline void init() { resetLayoutItemMargins(); }
     void resetLayoutItemMargins();
@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ public:
     uint defaultButton : 1;
     uint flat : 1;
     uint menuOpen : 1;
+    mutable uint lastAutoDefault : 1;
 };
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
index da23150..e7b3674 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.h b/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.h
index 158998d..e631bab 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp
index a394f4a..e062598 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.h b/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.h
index f4c3ffa..1e638fd 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp
index 8b01453..bb570bf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.h b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.h
index f888aef..d713e15 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea_p.h
index bdb7ad7..5d84d5e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp
index 9bfe7a5..c483d0f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.h b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.h
index 35aacf4..9d25359 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp
index 6458b15..d263b9c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ public:
 void QSizeGripPrivate::updateMacSizer(bool hide) const
 {
     Q_Q(const QSizeGrip);
-    if (QApplication::closingDown() || !q->parentWidget())
+    if (QApplication::closingDown() || !parent)
         return;
     QWidget *topLevelWindow = qt_sizegrip_topLevelWidget(const_cast<QSizeGrip *>(q));
     if(topLevelWindow && topLevelWindow->isWindow())
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.h b/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.h
index cfd83a8..5a0fb3b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp
index 32b9021..259ca55 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ public:
     int tickInterval;
     QSlider::TickPosition tickPosition;
     int clickOffset;
-    int snapBackPosition;
     void init();
 	void resetLayoutItemMargins();
     int pixelPosToRangeValue(int pos) const;
@@ -493,7 +492,6 @@ void QSlider::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *ev)
         setRepeatAction(SliderNoAction);
         QRect sr = style()->subControlRect(QStyle::CC_Slider, &opt, QStyle::SC_SliderHandle, this);
         d->clickOffset = d->pick(ev->pos() - sr.topLeft());
-        d->snapBackPosition = d->position;
         update(sr);
         setSliderDown(true);
     }
@@ -513,14 +511,6 @@ void QSlider::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *ev)
     int newPosition = d->pixelPosToRangeValue(d->pick(ev->pos()) - d->clickOffset);
     QStyleOptionSlider opt;
     initStyleOption(&opt);
-    int m = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_MaximumDragDistance, &opt, this);
-    if (m >= 0) {
-        QRect r = rect();
-        r.adjust(-m, -m, m, m);
-        if (!r.contains(ev->pos())) {
-            newPosition = d->snapBackPosition;
-    }
-    }
     setSliderPosition(newPosition);
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qslider.h b/src/gui/widgets/qslider.h
index 14f763a..18c2603 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qslider.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qslider.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp
index 295bf48..9ec21d6 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -291,6 +291,9 @@ void QSpinBox::setPrefix(const QString &prefix)
 
     d->prefix = prefix;
     d->updateEdit();
+
+    d->cachedSizeHint = QSize();
+    updateGeometry();
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -325,6 +328,9 @@ void QSpinBox::setSuffix(const QString &suffix)
 
     d->suffix = suffix;
     d->updateEdit();
+
+    d->cachedSizeHint = QSize();
+    updateGeometry();
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -992,7 +998,7 @@ QVariant QSpinBoxPrivate::valueFromText(const QString &text) const
 
 bool QSpinBoxPrivate::isIntermediateValue(const QString &str) const
 {
-    const int num = q_func()->locale().toInt(str, 0, 10);
+    const int num = locale.toInt(str, 0, 10);
     const int min = minimum.toInt();
     const int max = maximum.toInt();
 
@@ -1039,7 +1045,7 @@ QVariant QSpinBoxPrivate::validateAndInterpret(QString &input, int &pos,
 {
     if (cachedText == input && !input.isEmpty()) {
         state = cachedState;
-        QSBDEBUG() << "cachedText was" << "'" << cachedText << "'" << "state was "
+        QSBDEBUG() << "cachedText was '" << cachedText << "' state was "
                    << state << " and value was " << cachedValue;
 
         return cachedValue;
@@ -1057,18 +1063,18 @@ QVariant QSpinBoxPrivate::validateAndInterpret(QString &input, int &pos,
                        || (min >= 0 && copy == QLatin1String("+")))) {
         state = QValidator::Intermediate;
         QSBDEBUG() << __FILE__ << __LINE__<< "num is set to" << num;
-    } else if (copy.startsWith(QLatin1String("-")) && min >= 0) {
+    } else if (copy.startsWith(QLatin1Char('-')) && min >= 0) {
         state = QValidator::Invalid; // special-case -0 will be interpreted as 0 and thus not be invalid with a range from 0-100
     } else {
         bool ok = false;
         bool removedThousand = false;
-        num = q_func()->locale().toInt(copy, &ok, 10);
+        num = locale.toInt(copy, &ok, 10);
         if (!ok && copy.contains(thousand) && (max >= 1000 || min <= -1000)) {
             const int s = copy.size();
             copy.remove(thousand);
             pos = qMax(0, pos - (s - copy.size()));
             removedThousand = true;
-            num = q_func()->locale().toInt(copy, &ok, 10);
+            num = locale.toInt(copy, &ok, 10);
         }
         QSBDEBUG() << __FILE__ << __LINE__<< "num is set to" << num;
         if (!ok) {
@@ -1263,9 +1269,7 @@ QVariant QDoubleSpinBoxPrivate::valueFromText(const QString &f) const
 
 double QDoubleSpinBoxPrivate::round(double value) const
 {
-    Q_Q(const QDoubleSpinBox);
-    const QString strDbl = q->locale().toString(value, 'f', decimals);
-    return q->locale().toDouble(strDbl);
+    return QString::number(value, 'f', decimals).toDouble();
 }
 
 
@@ -1280,7 +1284,7 @@ QVariant QDoubleSpinBoxPrivate::validateAndInterpret(QString &input, int &pos,
 {
     if (cachedText == input && !input.isEmpty()) {
         state = cachedState;
-        QSBDEBUG() << "cachedText was" << "'" << cachedText << "'" << "state was "
+        QSBDEBUG() << "cachedText was '" << cachedText << "' state was "
                    << state << " and value was " << cachedValue;
         return cachedValue;
     }
@@ -1357,9 +1361,8 @@ QVariant QDoubleSpinBoxPrivate::validateAndInterpret(QString &input, int &pos,
 
     {
         bool ok = false;
-        QLocale loc(q_func()->locale());
-        num = loc.toDouble(copy, &ok);
-        QSBDEBUG() << __FILE__ << __LINE__ << loc << copy << num << ok;
+        num = locale.toDouble(copy, &ok);
+        QSBDEBUG() << __FILE__ << __LINE__ << locale << copy << num << ok;
         bool notAcceptable = false;
 
         if (!ok) {
@@ -1384,7 +1387,7 @@ QVariant QDoubleSpinBoxPrivate::validateAndInterpret(QString &input, int &pos,
                 pos = qMax(0, pos - (s - copy.size()));
 
 
-                num = loc.toDouble(copy, &ok);
+                num = locale.toDouble(copy, &ok);
                 QSBDEBUG() << thousand << num << copy << ok;
 
                 if (!ok) {
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.h b/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.h
index 44c88cc..a168528 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp
index 4240096..a2c8eaf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.h b/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.h
index 3a2be10..d7c521c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp
index 45e838f..276c72d 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -119,7 +119,6 @@ QSplitterHandle::QSplitterHandle(Qt::Orientation orientation, QSplitter *parent)
 {
     Q_D(QSplitterHandle);
     d->s = parent;
-    d->hover = false;
     setOrientation(orientation);
 }
 
@@ -269,8 +268,11 @@ void QSplitterHandle::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 void QSplitterHandle::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
     Q_D(QSplitterHandle);
-    if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
+    if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) {
         d->mouseOffset = d->pick(e->pos());
+        d->pressed = true;
+        update();
+    }
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -285,6 +287,10 @@ void QSplitterHandle::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
         d->s->setRubberBand(-1);
         moveSplitter(pos);
     }
+    if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) {
+        d->pressed = false;
+        update();
+    }
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -303,6 +309,8 @@ void QSplitterHandle::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
         opt.state = QStyle::State_None;
     if (d->hover)
         opt.state |= QStyle::State_MouseOver;
+    if (d->pressed)
+        opt.state |= QStyle::State_Sunken;
     if (isEnabled())
         opt.state |= QStyle::State_Enabled;
     parentWidget()->style()->drawControl(QStyle::CE_Splitter, &opt, &p, d->s);
@@ -389,7 +397,7 @@ void QSplitterPrivate::recalc(bool update)
     }
 
     if (empty) {
-        if (qobject_cast<QSplitter *>(q->parentWidget())) {
+        if (qobject_cast<QSplitter *>(parent)) {
             // nested splitters; be nice
             maxl = maxt = 0;
         } else {
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.h b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.h
index 36e6e19..ad5620e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter_p.h
index 5cc43af..8aaff34 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -131,16 +131,17 @@ class QSplitterHandlePrivate : public QWidgetPrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QSplitterHandle)
 public:
-    QSplitterHandlePrivate() : orient(Qt::Horizontal), opaq(false), s(0), mouseOffset(0) {}
+    QSplitterHandlePrivate() : s(0), orient(Qt::Horizontal), mouseOffset(0), opaq(false), hover(false), pressed(false) {}
 
     inline int pick(const QPoint &pos) const
     { return orient == Qt::Horizontal ? pos.x() : pos.y(); }
 
-    Qt::Orientation orient;
-    bool opaq;
     QSplitter *s;
-    bool hover;
+    Qt::Orientation orient;
     int mouseOffset;
+    bool opaq    : 1;
+    bool hover   : 1;
+    bool pressed : 1;
 };
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp
index c615630..13fc577 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.h b/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.h
index 773f800..95d6d9f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp
index c970838..da70aac 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ QRect QStatusBarPrivate::messageRect() const
                     if (rtl)
                         left = qMax(left, item->w->x() + item->w->width() + 2);
                     else
-                        right = qMin(right, item->w->x()-1);
+                        right = qMin(right, item->w->x() - 2);
                 }
                 break;
         }
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ void QStatusBar::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event)
         QStatusBarPrivate::SBItem* item = d->items.at(i);
         if (item && item->w->isVisible() && (!haveMessage || item->p)) {
             QRect ir = item->w->geometry().adjusted(-2, -1, 2, 1);
-            if (event->rect().contains(ir)) {
+            if (event->rect().intersects(ir)) {
                 QStyleOption opt(0);
                 opt.rect = ir;
                 opt.palette = palette();
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.h b/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.h
index 4434f74..86d1cda 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp
index 785d772..11cb6a1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -176,12 +176,11 @@ void QTabBar::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionTab *option, int tabIndex) const
         if (tw->cornerWidget(Qt::TopRightCorner) || tw->cornerWidget(Qt::BottomRightCorner))
             option->cornerWidgets |= QStyleOptionTab::RightCornerWidget;
     }
+#endif
 
     QRect textRect = style()->subElementRect(QStyle::SE_TabBarTabText, option, this);
-
     option->text = fontMetrics().elidedText(option->text, d->elideMode, textRect.width(),
                         Qt::TextShowMnemonic);
-#endif
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -1944,8 +1943,10 @@ void QTabBar::changeEvent(QEvent *event)
     if (event->type() == QEvent::StyleChange) {
         d->elideMode = Qt::TextElideMode(style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_TabBar_ElideMode, 0, this));
         d->useScrollButtons = !style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_TabBar_PreferNoArrows, 0, this);
+        d->refresh();
+    } else if (event->type() == QEvent::FontChange) {
+        d->refresh();
     }
-    d->refresh();
     QWidget::changeEvent(event);
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.h
index 49931ad..7514486 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar_p.h
index cb1a15b..dbae055 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp
index 43b2f54..ae25e3f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ void QTabWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
                 break;
             }
         }
-        if (!qApp->focusWidget())
+        if (!QApplication::focusWidget())
             d->tabs->setFocus();
     } else {
         e->ignore();
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.h
index 9307c48..10150af 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
index a1f4d34..78f2c2e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ void QTextBrowserPrivate::setSource(const QUrl &url)
     Q_Q(QTextBrowser);
 #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
     if (q->isVisible())
-        qApp->setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
+        QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
 #endif
     textOrSourceChanged = true;
 
@@ -295,9 +295,9 @@ void QTextBrowserPrivate::setSource(const QUrl &url)
 
         if (q->isVisible()) {
             QString firstTag = txt.left(txt.indexOf(QLatin1Char('>')) + 1);
-            if (firstTag.left(3) == QLatin1String("<qt") && firstTag.contains(QLatin1String("type")) && firstTag.contains(QLatin1String("detail"))) {
+            if (firstTag.startsWith(QLatin1String("<qt")) && firstTag.contains(QLatin1String("type")) && firstTag.contains(QLatin1String("detail"))) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
-                qApp->restoreOverrideCursor();
+                QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
                 QWhatsThis::showText(QCursor::pos(), txt, q);
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ void QTextBrowserPrivate::setSource(const QUrl &url)
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
     if (q->isVisible())
-        qApp->restoreOverrideCursor();
+        QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
 #endif
     emit q->sourceChanged(url);
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.h
index 1cad463..d5bd956 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
index c1ec5c2..3bac94b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -108,8 +108,9 @@ public:
 QTextEditPrivate::QTextEditPrivate()
     : control(0),
       autoFormatting(QTextEdit::AutoNone), tabChangesFocus(false),
-      lineWrap(QTextEdit::WidgetWidth), lineWrapColumnOrWidth(0), clickCausedFocus(0),
-      wordWrap(QTextOption::WrapAtWordBoundaryOrAnywhere), textFormat(Qt::AutoText)
+      lineWrap(QTextEdit::WidgetWidth), lineWrapColumnOrWidth(0),
+      wordWrap(QTextOption::WrapAtWordBoundaryOrAnywhere), clickCausedFocus(0),
+      textFormat(Qt::AutoText)
 {
     ignoreAutomaticScrollbarAdjustment = false;
     preferRichText = false;
@@ -1669,6 +1670,7 @@ void QTextEdit::inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *e)
     }
 #endif
     d->sendControlEvent(e);
+    ensureCursorVisible();
 }
 
 /*!\reimp
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.h
index 0835cc1..617822a 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit_p.h
index 594174a..75e7a35 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp
index 1babb6d..b635628 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ void QToolBarPrivate::initDrag(const QPoint &pos)
     if (state != 0)
         return;
 
-    QMainWindow *win = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(q->parentWidget());
+    QMainWindow *win = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent);
     Q_ASSERT(win != 0);
     QMainWindowLayout *layout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(win->layout());
     Q_ASSERT(layout != 0);
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ void QToolBarPrivate::startDrag(bool moving)
     if ((moving && state->moving) || state->dragging)
         return;
 
-    QMainWindow *win = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(q->parentWidget());
+    QMainWindow *win = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent);
     Q_ASSERT(win != 0);
     QMainWindowLayout *layout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(win->layout());
     Q_ASSERT(layout != 0);
@@ -274,14 +274,16 @@ void QToolBarPrivate::endDrag()
 
 bool QToolBarPrivate::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
 {
-    if (layout->handleRect().contains(event->pos()) == false) {
+    Q_Q(QToolBar);
+    QStyleOptionToolBar opt;
+    q->initStyleOption(&opt);
+    if (q->style()->subElementRect(QStyle::SE_ToolBarHandle, &opt, q).contains(event->pos()) == false) {
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
-        Q_Q(QToolBar);
         // When using the unified toolbar on Mac OS X the user can can click and
         // drag between toolbar contents to move the window. Make this work by
         // implementing the standard mouse-dragging code and then call
         // window->move() in mouseMoveEvent below.
-        if (QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow *>(q->parentWidget())) {
+        if (QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow *>(parent)) {
             if (mainWindow->toolBarArea(q) == Qt::TopToolBarArea
                     && mainWindow->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac()
                     && q->childAt(event->pos()) == 0) {
@@ -335,7 +337,7 @@ bool QToolBarPrivate::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
         return false;
     }
 
-    QMainWindow *win = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(q->parentWidget());
+    QMainWindow *win = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent);
     if (win == 0)
         return true;
 
@@ -1041,7 +1043,7 @@ void QToolBar::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
         style->drawControl(QStyle::CE_ToolBar, &opt, &p, this);
     }
 
-    opt.rect = d->layout->handleRect();
+    opt.rect = style->subElementRect(QStyle::SE_ToolBarHandle, &opt, this);
     if (opt.rect.isValid())
         style->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_IndicatorToolBarHandle, &opt, &p, this);
 }
@@ -1142,7 +1144,9 @@ bool QToolBar::event(QEvent *event)
     case QEvent::HoverMove: {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
         QHoverEvent *e = static_cast<QHoverEvent*>(event);
-        if (d->layout->handleRect().contains(e->pos()))
+        QStyleOptionToolBar opt;
+        initStyleOption(&opt);
+        if (style()->subElementRect(QStyle::SE_ToolBarHandle, &opt, this).contains(e->pos()))
             setCursor(Qt::SizeAllCursor);
         else
             unsetCursor();
@@ -1153,7 +1157,7 @@ bool QToolBar::event(QEvent *event)
         if (d->mouseMoveEvent(static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(event)))
             return true;
         break;
-#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
     case QEvent::ContextMenu:
         {
             QContextMenuEvent* contextMenuEvent = static_cast<QContextMenuEvent*>(event);
@@ -1177,7 +1181,7 @@ bool QToolBar::event(QEvent *event)
             if (!d->layout->expanded)
                 break;
 
-            QWidget *w = qApp->activePopupWidget();
+            QWidget *w = QApplication::activePopupWidget();
             if (waitForPopup(this, w)) {
                 d->waitForPopupTimer->start();
                 break;
@@ -1197,7 +1201,7 @@ void QToolBarPrivate::_q_waitForPopup()
 {
     Q_Q(QToolBar);
 
-    QWidget *w = qApp->activePopupWidget();
+    QWidget *w = QApplication::activePopupWidget();
     if (!waitForPopup(q, w)) {
         waitForPopupTimer->stop();
         if (!q->underMouse())
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.h
index 33477d5..2ab4ffd 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar_p.h
index 598f054..b03c460 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbararealayout.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbararealayout.cpp
index 49f4a9e..db2afd6 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbararealayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbararealayout.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ QSize QToolBarAreaLayoutLine::sizeHint() const
             continue;
 
         QSize sh = item.sizeHint();
-        a += pick(o, sh) + item.extraSpace;
+        a += item.preferredSize > 0 ? item.preferredSize : pick(o, sh);
         b = qMax(b, perp(o, sh));
     }
 
@@ -163,12 +163,17 @@ void QToolBarAreaLayoutLine::fitLayout()
         int itemMin = pick(o, item.minimumSize());
         int itemHint = pick(o, item.sizeHint());
         //we ensure the extraspace is not too low
-        item.extraSpace = qMax(itemMin - itemHint, item.extraSpace);
-        itemHint  += item.extraSpace;
-        int itemExtra = qMin(itemHint - itemMin, extra);
+        item.size = qMax(item.size, itemHint);
+        if (item.preferredSize > 0) {
+            //preferredSize would be the default size
+            item.size = item.preferredSize;
+        }
+
+        //the extraspace is the space above the item minimum sizehint
+        int extraSpace = qMin(item.size - itemMin, extra);
+        item.size = itemMin + extraSpace; //that is the real size
 
-        item.size = itemMin + itemExtra;
-        extra -= itemExtra;
+        extra -= extraSpace;
 
         last = i;
     }
@@ -395,17 +400,15 @@ void QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::removeToolBarBreak(QToolBar *before)
 
 void QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::moveToolBar(QToolBar *toolbar, int pos)
 {
-    if (dirty) {
+    if (dirty)
         fitLayout();
-    }
 
     dirty = true;
 
-    if (o == Qt::Vertical) {
+    if (o == Qt::Vertical)
         pos -= rect.top();
-    }
 
-    //here we actually update the extraSpace for the line containing the toolbar so that we move it
+    //here we actually update the preferredSize for the line containing the toolbar so that we move it
     for (int j = 0; j < lines.count(); ++j) {
         QToolBarAreaLayoutLine &line = lines[j];
 
@@ -432,22 +435,22 @@ void QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::moveToolBar(QToolBar *toolbar, int pos)
                         newPos = qMin(pos, maxPos);
                     }
 
-                    //let's update the previous extra space
+                    //extra is the number of pixels to add to the previous toolbar
                     int extra = newPos - current.pos;
 
-                    if (qAbs(previous.extraSpace + extra) < QApplication::startDragDistance()) {
-                        //we stick to the default space
-                        extra = 0;
+                    //we check if the previous is near its size hint
+                    //in which case we try to stick to it
+                    const int diff = pick(o, previous.sizeHint()) - (previous.size + extra);
+                    if (qAbs(diff) < QApplication::startDragDistance()) {
+                        //we stick to the default place and size
+                        extra += diff;
                     }
 
                     //update for the current item
-                    current.extraSpace -= extra;
-                    //this ensures the toolbars to be pushed to the right when necessary
-                    current.extraSpace = qMax(pick(o,current.minimumSize())- pick(o,current.sizeHint()), current.extraSpace);
- 
-                    if (extra >= 0) {
-                        previous.extraSpace += extra;
+                    current.extendSize(line.o, -extra);
 
+                    if (extra >= 0) {
+                        previous.extendSize(line.o, extra);
                     } else {
                         //we need to push the toolbars on the left starting with previous
                         extra = -extra; // we just need to know the number of pixels
@@ -455,13 +458,13 @@ void QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::moveToolBar(QToolBar *toolbar, int pos)
                         for(int l = previousIndex; l >=0; --l) {
                             QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &item = line.toolBarItems[l];
                             if (!item.skip()) {
-                                const int minExtraSpace = pick(o, item.minimumSize()) - pick(o, item.sizeHint());
-                                const int margin =  item.extraSpace - minExtraSpace;
+                                const int minPreferredSize = pick(o, item.minimumSize());
+                                const int margin =  item.size - minPreferredSize;
                                 if (margin < extra) {
-                                    item.extraSpace = minExtraSpace;
+                                    item.resize(line.o, minPreferredSize);
                                     extra -= margin;
                                 } else {
-                                    item.extraSpace -= extra;
+                                    item.extendSize(line.o, -extra);
                                     extra = 0;
                                 }
                             }
@@ -523,9 +526,10 @@ QList<int> QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::gapIndex(const QPoint &pos) const
     return QList<int>();
 }
 
-bool QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *item)
+bool QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::insertGap(const QList<int> &path, QLayoutItem *item)
 {
-    int j = path.at(0);
+    Q_ASSERT(path.count() == 2);
+    int j = path.first();
     if (j == lines.count())
         lines.append(QToolBarAreaLayoutLine(o));
 
@@ -536,13 +540,22 @@ bool QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *item)
     gap_item.gap = true;
     gap_item.widgetItem = item;
 
-    //update the previous item's extra space
+    //update the previous item's preferred size
     for(int p = k - 1 ; p >= 0; --p) {
         QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &previous = line.toolBarItems[p];
         if (!previous.skip()) {
             //we found the previous one
-            gap_item.extraSpace = qMax(0, previous.extraSpace - pick(o, gap_item.sizeHint()));
-            previous.extraSpace = qMin(previous.extraSpace, 0);
+            int previousSizeHint = pick(line.o, previous.sizeHint());
+            int previousExtraSpace = previous.size - previousSizeHint;
+
+            if (previousExtraSpace > 0) {
+                //in this case we reset the space
+                previous.preferredSize = -1;
+                previous.size = previousSizeHint;
+
+                gap_item.resize(o, previousExtraSpace);
+            }
+
             break;
         }
     }
@@ -555,11 +568,12 @@ bool QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *item)
 void QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::clear()
 {
     lines.clear();
-    rect = QRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
+    rect = QRect();
 }
 
-QRect QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::itemRect(QList<int> path) const
+QRect QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::itemRect(const QList<int> &path) const
 {
+    Q_ASSERT(path.count() == 2);
     int j = path.at(0);
     int k = path.at(1);
 
@@ -611,10 +625,8 @@ QRect QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo::appendLineDropRect() const
 ** QToolBarAreaLayout
 */
 
-QToolBarAreaLayout::QToolBarAreaLayout(QMainWindow *win)
+QToolBarAreaLayout::QToolBarAreaLayout(const QMainWindow *win) : mainWindow(win), visible(true)
 {
-    visible = true;
-    mainWindow = win;
     for (int i = 0; i < QInternal::DockCount; ++i) {
         QInternal::DockPosition pos = static_cast<QInternal::DockPosition>(i);
         docks[i] = QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo(pos);
@@ -1052,16 +1064,17 @@ QList<int> QToolBarAreaLayout::currentGapIndex() const
     return QList<int>();
 }
 
-bool QToolBarAreaLayout::insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *item)
+bool QToolBarAreaLayout::insertGap(const QList<int> &path, QLayoutItem *item)
 {
-    Q_ASSERT(!path.isEmpty());
-    int i = path.takeFirst();
+    Q_ASSERT(path.count() == 3);
+    const int i = path.first();
     Q_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < QInternal::DockCount);
-    return docks[i].insertGap(path, item);
+    return docks[i].insertGap(path.mid(1), item);
 }
 
-void QToolBarAreaLayout::remove(QList<int> path)
+void QToolBarAreaLayout::remove(const QList<int> &path)
 {
+    Q_ASSERT(path.count() == 3);
     docks[path.at(0)].lines[path.at(1)].toolBarItems.removeAt(path.at(2));
 }
 
@@ -1089,10 +1102,10 @@ void QToolBarAreaLayout::clear()
 {
     for (int i = 0; i < QInternal::DockCount; ++i)
         docks[i].clear();
-    rect = QRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
+    rect = QRect();
 }
 
-QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &QToolBarAreaLayout::item(QList<int> path)
+QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &QToolBarAreaLayout::item(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(path.count() == 3);
 
@@ -1104,18 +1117,18 @@ QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &QToolBarAreaLayout::item(QList<int> path)
     return line.toolBarItems[path.at(2)];
 }
 
-QRect QToolBarAreaLayout::itemRect(QList<int> path) const
+QRect QToolBarAreaLayout::itemRect(const QList<int> &path) const
 {
-    int i = path.takeFirst();
+    const int i = path.first();
 
-    QRect r = docks[i].itemRect(path);
+    QRect r = docks[i].itemRect(path.mid(1));
     if (docks[i].o == Qt::Horizontal)
         r = QStyle::visualRect(mainWindow->layoutDirection(),
                                 docks[i].rect, r);
     return r;
 }
 
-QLayoutItem *QToolBarAreaLayout::plug(QList<int> path)
+QLayoutItem *QToolBarAreaLayout::plug(const QList<int> &path)
 {
     QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &item = this->item(path);
     Q_ASSERT(item.gap);
@@ -1124,23 +1137,31 @@ QLayoutItem *QToolBarAreaLayout::plug(QList<int> path)
     return item.widgetItem;
 }
 
-QLayoutItem *QToolBarAreaLayout::unplug(QList<int> path, QToolBarAreaLayout *other)
+QLayoutItem *QToolBarAreaLayout::unplug(const QList<int> &path, QToolBarAreaLayout *other)
 {
     //other needs to be update as well
+    Q_ASSERT(path.count() == 3);
     QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &item = this->item(path);
 
     //update the leading space here
     QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo &info = docks[path.at(0)];
     QToolBarAreaLayoutLine &line = info.lines[path.at(1)];
-    if (item.extraSpace != 0) {
+    if (item.size != pick(line.o, item.realSizeHint())) {
+        //the item doesn't have its default size
+        //so we'll give this to the next item
         int newExtraSpace = 0;
+        //let's iterate over the siblings of the current item that pare placed before it
+        //we need to find just the one before
         for (int i = path.at(2) - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
             QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &previous = line.toolBarItems[i];
             if (!previous.skip()) {
+                //we need to check if it has a previous element and a next one
+                //the previous will get its size changed
                 for (int j = path.at(2) + 1; j < line.toolBarItems.count(); ++j) {
                     const QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &next = line.toolBarItems.at(j);
                     if (!next.skip()) {
-                        newExtraSpace = previous.extraSpace = next.pos - previous.pos - pick(line.o, previous.sizeHint());
+                        newExtraSpace = next.pos - previous.pos - pick(line.o, previous.sizeHint());
+                        previous.resize(line.o, next.pos - previous.pos);
                     }
                     break;
                 }
@@ -1154,7 +1175,7 @@ QLayoutItem *QToolBarAreaLayout::unplug(QList<int> path, QToolBarAreaLayout *oth
             for (int i = path.at(2) - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
                 QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &previous = line.toolBarItems[i];
                 if (!previous.skip()) {
-                    previous.extraSpace = newExtraSpace;
+                    previous.resize(line.o, pick(line.o, previous.sizeHint()) + newExtraSpace);
                     break;
                 }
             }
@@ -1162,7 +1183,6 @@ QLayoutItem *QToolBarAreaLayout::unplug(QList<int> path, QToolBarAreaLayout *oth
         }
     }
 
-
     Q_ASSERT(!item.gap);
     item.gap = true;
     return item.widgetItem;
@@ -1253,8 +1273,8 @@ void QToolBarAreaLayout::saveState(QDataStream &stream) const
                 }
                 stream << shownOrientation;
                 stream << item.pos;
-                //if extraSpace is 0 the item has its "normal" size, so no need to store the size (we store -1)
-                stream << (item.extraSpace == 0 ? -1 : (pick(line.o, item.realSizeHint()) + item.extraSpace));
+                //we store the preferred size. If the use rdidn't resize the toolbars it will be -1
+                stream << item.preferredSize;
 
                 uint geom0, geom1;
                 packRect(&geom0, &geom1, widget->geometry(), widget->isWindow());
@@ -1339,10 +1359,7 @@ bool QToolBarAreaLayout::restoreState(QDataStream &stream, const QList<QToolBar*
                 toolBar->setVisible(shown & 1);
                 toolBar->d_func()->setWindowState(floating, true, rect);
 
-                //if it is -1, it means we should use the default size
-                item.extraSpace = (item.size == -1) ? 0 : item.size - pick(line.o, item.realSizeHint());
-
-
+                item.preferredSize = item.size;
                 line.toolBarItems.append(item);
             }
         }
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbararealayout_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbararealayout_p.h
index 574e366..636c9ca 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbararealayout_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbararealayout_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -59,6 +59,33 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+static inline int pick(Qt::Orientation o, const QPoint &pos)
+{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? pos.x() : pos.y(); }
+
+static inline int pick(Qt::Orientation o, const QSize &size)
+{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? size.width() : size.height(); }
+
+static inline int &rpick(Qt::Orientation o, QPoint &pos)
+{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? pos.rx() : pos.ry(); }
+
+static inline int &rpick(Qt::Orientation o, QSize &size)
+{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? size.rwidth() : size.rheight(); }
+
+static inline QSizePolicy::Policy pick(Qt::Orientation o, const QSizePolicy &policy)
+{ return o == Qt::Horizontal ? policy.horizontalPolicy() : policy.verticalPolicy(); }
+
+static inline int perp(Qt::Orientation o, const QPoint &pos)
+{ return o == Qt::Vertical ? pos.x() : pos.y(); }
+
+static inline int perp(Qt::Orientation o, const QSize &size)
+{ return o == Qt::Vertical ? size.width() : size.height(); }
+
+static inline int &rperp(Qt::Orientation o, QPoint &pos)
+{ return o == Qt::Vertical ? pos.rx() : pos.ry(); }
+
+static inline int &rperp(Qt::Orientation o, QSize &size)
+{ return o == Qt::Vertical ? size.rwidth() : size.rheight(); }
+
 #ifndef QT_NO_TOOLBAR
 
 class QToolBar;
@@ -70,17 +97,41 @@ class QToolBarAreaLayoutItem
 {
 public:
     QToolBarAreaLayoutItem(QLayoutItem *item = 0)
-        : widgetItem(item), pos(0), size(-1), extraSpace(0), gap(false) {}
+        : widgetItem(item), pos(0), size(-1), preferredSize(-1), gap(false) {}
 
     bool skip() const;
     QSize minimumSize() const;
     QSize sizeHint() const;
-    QSize realSizeHint() const; 
+    QSize realSizeHint() const;
+
+    void resize(Qt::Orientation o, int newSize)
+    {
+        newSize = qMax(pick(o, minimumSize()), newSize);
+        int sizeh = pick(o, sizeHint());
+        if (newSize == sizeh) {
+            preferredSize = -1;
+            size = sizeh;
+        } else {
+            preferredSize = newSize;
+        }
+    }
+
+    void extendSize(Qt::Orientation o, int extent)
+    {
+        int newSize = qMax(pick(o, minimumSize()), (preferredSize > 0 ? preferredSize : size) + extent);
+        int sizeh = pick(o, sizeHint());
+        if (newSize == sizeh) {
+            preferredSize = -1;
+            size = sizeh;
+        } else {
+            preferredSize = newSize;
+        }
+    }
 
     QLayoutItem *widgetItem;
     int pos;
     int size;
-    int extraSpace;
+    int preferredSize;
     bool gap;
 };
 
@@ -123,9 +174,9 @@ public:
     void moveToolBar(QToolBar *toolbar, int pos); 
 
     QList<int> gapIndex(const QPoint &pos) const;
-    bool insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *item);
+    bool insertGap(const QList<int> &path, QLayoutItem *item);
     void clear();
-    QRect itemRect(QList<int> path) const;
+    QRect itemRect(const QList<int> &path) const;
     QRect appendLineDropRect() const;
 
     QRect rect;
@@ -143,11 +194,11 @@ public:
     };
 
     QRect rect;
-    QMainWindow *mainWindow;
+    const QMainWindow *mainWindow;
     QToolBarAreaLayoutInfo docks[4];
     bool visible;
 
-    QToolBarAreaLayout(QMainWindow *win);
+    QToolBarAreaLayout(const QMainWindow *win);
 
     QRect fitLayout();
 
@@ -179,14 +230,14 @@ public:
     QList<int> indexOf(QWidget *toolBar) const;
     QList<int> gapIndex(const QPoint &pos) const;
     QList<int> currentGapIndex() const;
-    bool insertGap(QList<int> path, QLayoutItem *item);
-    void remove(QList<int> path);
+    bool insertGap(const QList<int> &path, QLayoutItem *item);
+    void remove(const QList<int> &path);
     void remove(QLayoutItem *item);
     void clear();
-    QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &item(QList<int> path);
-    QRect itemRect(QList<int> path) const;
-    QLayoutItem *plug(QList<int> path);
-    QLayoutItem *unplug(QList<int> path, QToolBarAreaLayout *other);
+    QToolBarAreaLayoutItem &item(const QList<int> &path);
+    QRect itemRect(const QList<int> &path) const;
+    QLayoutItem *plug(const QList<int> &path);
+    QLayoutItem *unplug(const QList<int> &path, QToolBarAreaLayout *other);
 
     void saveState(QDataStream &stream) const;
     bool restoreState(QDataStream &stream, const QList<QToolBar*> &toolBars, uchar tmarker, bool pre43, bool testing = false);
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarextension.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarextension.cpp
index a1c5fd6..d6453d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarextension.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarextension.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarextension_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarextension_p.h
index 3f3a459..0133163 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarextension_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarextension_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarlayout.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarlayout.cpp
index 7771f46..c30cf48 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarlayout.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ void QToolBarLayout::setUsePopupMenu(bool set)
         invalidate();
     if (!set) {
         QObject::connect(extension, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)),
-                        this, SLOT(setExpanded(bool)));
+                        this, SLOT(setExpanded(bool)), Qt::UniqueConnection);
         extension->setPopupMode(QToolButton::DelayedPopup);
         extension->setMenu(0);
         delete popupMenu;
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ void QToolBarLayout::updateGeomArray() const
     if (QMainWindow *mw = qobject_cast<QMainWindow *>(parentWidget()->parentWidget())) {
         if (mw->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac()
                 && mw->toolBarArea(static_cast<QToolBar *>(parentWidget())) == Qt::TopToolBarArea) {
-            if (that->expandFlag) {
+            if (expandFlag) {
                 tb->setMaximumSize(0xFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFF);
             } else {
                tb->setMaximumSize(hint);
@@ -360,23 +360,11 @@ void QToolBarLayout::setGeometry(const QRect &rect)
     QStyle *style = tb->style();
     QStyleOptionToolBar opt;
     tb->initStyleOption(&opt);
-    const int handleExtent = movable()
-            ? style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ToolBarHandleExtent, &opt, tb) : 0;
     const int margin = this->margin();
     const int extensionExtent = style->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ToolBarExtensionExtent, &opt, tb);
     Qt::Orientation o = tb->orientation();
 
     QLayout::setGeometry(rect);
-    if (movable()) {
-        if (o == Qt::Horizontal) {
-            handRect = QRect(margin, margin, handleExtent, rect.height() - 2*margin);
-            handRect = QStyle::visualRect(parentWidget()->layoutDirection(), rect, handRect);
-        } else {
-            handRect = QRect(margin, margin, rect.width() - 2*margin, handleExtent);
-        }
-    } else {
-        handRect = QRect();
-    }
 
     bool ranOutOfSpace = false;
     if (!animating)
@@ -742,11 +730,6 @@ QToolBarItem *QToolBarLayout::createItem(QAction *action)
     return result;
 }
 
-QRect QToolBarLayout::handleRect() const
-{
-    return handRect;
-}
-
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 #endif // QT_NO_TOOLBAR
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarlayout_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarlayout_p.h
index 2eca773..c820c16 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarlayout_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarlayout_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ class QAction;
 class QToolBarExtension;
 class QMenu;
 
-class Q_GUI_EXPORT QToolBarItem : public QWidgetItem
+class QToolBarItem : public QWidgetItem
 {
 public:
     QToolBarItem(QWidget *widget);
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
     bool customWidget;
 };
 
-class Q_GUI_EXPORT QToolBarLayout : public QLayout
+class QToolBarLayout : public QLayout
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -100,8 +100,6 @@ public:
     int indexOf(QAction *action) const;
     int indexOf(QWidget *widget) const { return QLayout::indexOf(widget); }
 
-    QRect handleRect() const;
-
     bool layoutActions(const QSize &size);
     QSize expandedSize(const QSize &size) const;
     bool expanded, animating;
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarseparator.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarseparator.cpp
index c242687..fa300c1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarseparator.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarseparator.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarseparator_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarseparator_p.h
index c3552e6..80e77a3 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarseparator_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbarseparator_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp
index 271130a..8949d7e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.h
index 435fab9..2c38967 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp
index 7390d04..6dcbfec 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -104,10 +104,9 @@ public:
 #ifndef QT_NO_MENU
 bool QToolButtonPrivate::hasMenu() const
 {
-    Q_Q(const QToolButton);
     return ((defaultAction && defaultAction->menu())
             || (menuAction && menuAction->menu())
-            || q->actions().size() > (defaultAction ? 1 : 0));
+            || actions.size() > (defaultAction ? 1 : 0));
 }
 #endif
 
@@ -278,7 +277,7 @@ void QToolButtonPrivate::init()
 #endif
     defaultAction = 0;
 #ifndef QT_NO_TOOLBAR
-    if (qobject_cast<QToolBar*>(q->parentWidget()))
+    if (qobject_cast<QToolBar*>(parent))
         autoRaise = true;
     else
 #endif
@@ -859,8 +858,7 @@ void QToolButtonPrivate::_q_buttonPressed()
     Q_Q(QToolButton);
     if (!hasMenu())
         return; // no menu to show
-
-    if (delay > 0 && popupMode == QToolButton::DelayedPopup)
+    if (delay > 0 && !popupTimer.isActive() && popupMode == QToolButton::DelayedPopup)
         popupTimer.start(delay, q);
     else if (delay == 0 || popupMode == QToolButton::InstantPopup)
         q->showMenu();
@@ -883,7 +881,6 @@ void QToolButtonPrivate::popupTimerDone()
     } else {
         actualMenu = new QMenu(q);
         mustDeleteActualMenu = true;
-        QList<QAction*> actions = q->actions();
         for(int i = 0; i < actions.size(); i++)
             actualMenu->addAction(actions.at(i));
     }
@@ -891,12 +888,12 @@ void QToolButtonPrivate::popupTimerDone()
     q->setAutoRepeat(false);
     bool horizontal = true;
 #if !defined(QT_NO_TOOLBAR)
-    QToolBar *tb = qobject_cast<QToolBar*>(q->parentWidget());
+    QToolBar *tb = qobject_cast<QToolBar*>(parent);
     if (tb && tb->orientation() == Qt::Vertical)
         horizontal = false;
 #endif
     QPoint p;
-    QRect screen = qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(q);
+    QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(q);
     QSize sh = ((QToolButton*)(QMenu*)actualMenu)->receivers(SIGNAL(aboutToShow()))? QSize() : actualMenu->sizeHint();
     QRect rect = q->rect();
     if (horizontal) {
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.h b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.h
index d869081..1e7d678 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp
index 3aca13d..51048cc 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ static int numDigits(qlonglong n)
     if (n == 0)
         return 1;
     return (int)log10(double(n)) + 1;
-};
+}
 
 static qlonglong pow10(int exp)
 {
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.h b/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.h
index 8114ca2..ce78959 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator.cpp
index 5584ba1..c67be4a 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator_p.h
index 7204983..6ee150b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetresizehandler.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetresizehandler.cpp
index 9171244..aeb23a1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetresizehandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetresizehandler.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ void QWidgetResizeHandler::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11
     // Workaround for window managers which refuse to move a tool window partially offscreen.
-    QRect desktop = qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(widget);
+    QRect desktop = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(widget);
     pp.rx() = qMax(pp.x(), desktop.left());
     pp.ry() = qMax(pp.y(), desktop.top());
     p.rx() = qMin(p.x(), desktop.right());
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetresizehandler_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetresizehandler_p.h
index 1eab292..47c7e13 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetresizehandler_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetresizehandler_p.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp
index 5221deb..58ef1e3 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.h b/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.h
index 41caf37..8a64315 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
 ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/widgets.pri b/src/gui/widgets/widgets.pri
index 9e226e2..cc03513 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/widgets.pri
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/widgets.pri
@@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ HEADERS += \
         widgets/qmdisubwindow.h \
         widgets/qmdisubwindow_p.h \
         widgets/qmenu.h \
+        widgets/qmenu_p.h \
         widgets/qmenubar.h \
+        widgets/qmenubar_p.h \
         widgets/qmenudata.h \
         widgets/qprogressbar.h \
         widgets/qpushbutton.h \